WO2023136028A1 - Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device - Google Patents
Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023136028A1 WO2023136028A1 PCT/JP2022/045958 JP2022045958W WO2023136028A1 WO 2023136028 A1 WO2023136028 A1 WO 2023136028A1 JP 2022045958 W JP2022045958 W JP 2022045958W WO 2023136028 A1 WO2023136028 A1 WO 2023136028A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mass
- group
- compound
- coloring composition
- less
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 230
- -1 isoindoline compound Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 168
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 162
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 162
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 239000001060 yellow colorant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 181
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 claims description 162
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims description 77
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- LKKPNUDVOYAOBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalocyanine Chemical class N1C(N=C2C3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C(N=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=C2C(C=CC=C2)=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C2C4=N1 LKKPNUDVOYAOBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 6
- HUVXQFBFIFIDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum phthalocyanine Chemical class [Al+3].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 HUVXQFBFIFIDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 75
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 63
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 58
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 55
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 54
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 53
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 46
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 39
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 31
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 26
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 25
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 20
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 20
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 20
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 19
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 19
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical class C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 15
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 14
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 14
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 239000001062 red colorant Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 11
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 10
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011164 primary particle Substances 0.000 description 9
- FYNROBRQIVCIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole-5,6-dione Chemical class C1=CN=C2C(=O)C(=O)N=C21 FYNROBRQIVCIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000038 blue colorant Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000001055 blue pigment Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000001052 yellow pigment Substances 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 7
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diacetone alcohol Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 5
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001054 red pigment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 5
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical class [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 4
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 4
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 4
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 4
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 4
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical group O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Natural products C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000040 green colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003732 xanthenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Hydroxy-4'-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-methylpropiophenone Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=C(OCCO)C=C1 GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZDGMOYKSFPLSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylaziridine Chemical compound CC1CN1 OZDGMOYKSFPLSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FNYWFRSQRHGKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxymethyl]oxetane Chemical compound C1OCC1(CC)COCC1(CC)COC1 FNYWFRSQRHGKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMIOYAVXLAOXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-[[4-[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxymethyl]phenyl]methoxymethyl]oxetane Chemical compound C=1C=C(COCC2(CC)COC2)C=CC=1COCC1(CC)COC1 LMIOYAVXLAOXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJBOOUHRTQVGRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCC(=O)C1 UJBOOUHRTQVGRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-heptanone Chemical compound CCCC(=O)CCC HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGVHNLRUAMRIEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)CC1 VGVHNLRUAMRIEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004962 Polyamide-imide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinacridone Chemical class N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3NC1=C2 NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012662 bulk polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical group C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 2
- PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCN PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- FAQJJMHZNSSFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylglyoxylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FAQJJMHZNSSFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002312 polyamide-imide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001047 purple dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001057 purple pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrogallol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1O WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium silicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Si]([O-])=O NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052911 sodium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellanylidenegermanium Chemical compound [Te]=[Ge] JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N thioindigo Chemical class S\1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C/1=C1/C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOCC1CO1 BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012855 volatile organic compound Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1(O)CCCCC1 QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-aminopropyl)triethoxysilane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCN WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNMJLQGKEDTEKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methanol Chemical compound CCC1(CO)COC1 UNMJLQGKEDTEKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGSHZSDDBWTHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC(=O)C(C)=NOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PGSHZSDDBWTHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRUDPRFGMHTPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)ON=C(C)C(C)=O MRUDPRFGMHTPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKCKRZWCOYHBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) benzoate Chemical compound CC(=O)C(C)=NOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SKCKRZWCOYHBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFFCVOSCPLKMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)ON=C(C)C(C)=O JFFCVOSCPLKMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQLZSJJJXHJANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxopentan-2-ylideneamino) acetate Chemical compound CCC(=O)C(C)=NOC(C)=O HQLZSJJJXHJANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N (z)-1-[(z)-octadec-9-enoxy]octadec-9-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical group C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-trimethylphenanthrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1C MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUKSWKGOQKREON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diacetoxybutane Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCCCOC(C)=O XUKSWKGOQKREON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAVARTIQQDZFNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-methoxypropan-2-yloxy)propan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OCC(C)OC(C)=O LAVARTIQQDZFNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGRVJHAUYBGFFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-Methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C)=CC(CC=2C(=C(C=C(C)C=2)C(C)(C)C)O)=C1O KGRVJHAUYBGFFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWQNFXDYOCUEER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-ditert-butyl-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1C(C)(C)C QWQNFXDYOCUEER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXOFYPKXCSULTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,7,9-tetramethyldec-5-yne-4,7-diol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)(O)C#CC(C)(O)CC(C)C LXOFYPKXCSULTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC(CC)=C3SC2=C1 BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound NCCOCCO GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOC(C)=O FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDSUVTROAWLVJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO FDSUVTROAWLVJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound NCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVUNTIMPQCQCAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecanoyloxyethyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC ZVUNTIMPQCQCAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUQUBWCLBBUXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;prop-1-ene Chemical group CC=C.CCC(CO)(CO)CO FUQUBWCLBBUXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-[4-[[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl)phenyl]methyl]phenyl]-2-methylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)C(C)(O)C)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)O)C=C1 PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHMLTIAYKIBGRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(=N)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BHMLTIAYKIBGRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTTFFPATQICAQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxypropan-1-ol Chemical compound COC(C)CO YTTFFPATQICAQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTZVKSVLFLRBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxypropyl acetate Chemical compound COC(C)COC(C)=O BTZVKSVLFLRBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSAPCRASZRSKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCCC1=O LFSAPCRASZRSKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXIQYSLFEXIOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butyl-4-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)sulfanyl-5-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1SC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C=C1C HXIQYSLFEXIOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLXYHLHNIRJAIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-benzo[e]isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CNC=C3C=CC2=C1 WLXYHLHNIRJAIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPAGVACEWQNVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-acetyloxybutyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)CCOC(C)=O MPAGVACEWQNVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVYXPOCADCXMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-butoxy-n,n-dimethylpropanamide Chemical compound CCCCOCCC(=O)N(C)C LVYXPOCADCXMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIDWUUDRRVHZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexoxymethyl)oxetane Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCC1(CC)COC1 BIDWUUDRRVHZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQYSALLXMHVJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-heptyl-2-[(3-heptyl-4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-3-ium-2-yl)methylidene]-4-methyl-1,3-thiazole;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCCCCCN1C(C)=CS\C1=C\C1=[N+](CCCCCCC)C(C)=CS1 DQYSALLXMHVJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JSGVZVOGOQILFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxy-1-butanol Chemical compound COC(C)CCO JSGVZVOGOQILFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBVMWHCOFMFPEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxy-n,n-dimethylpropanamide Chemical compound COCCC(=O)N(C)C LBVMWHCOFMFPEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUICYYOYEXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-tert-butylbenzene-1,2-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1O JIGUICYYOYEXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYLLIJHXUHJATK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 YYLLIJHXUHJATK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPVVYTCTZKCSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol distearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC FPVVYTCTZKCSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMRHJJZUHUTGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylhexyl salicylate Chemical class CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O FMRHJJZUHUTGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical group [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical class SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002292 Nylon 6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002302 Nylon 6,6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010034972 Photosensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002035 Pluronic® L 10 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical group CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002359 Tetronic® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OKKRPWIIYQTPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C(C)=C)COC(=O)C(C)=C OKKRPWIIYQTPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPQRMIPRAHPPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(1-oxo-1-phenylpropan-2-ylidene)amino] acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)ON=C(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DPQRMIPRAHPPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNZDJSGUWLGTLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(1-oxo-1-phenylpropan-2-ylidene)amino] benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(C)=NOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZNZDJSGUWLGTLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPCHGLDQZXOZFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[[4-methyl-3-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]carbonylamino]phenyl]carbamoyloxymethyl]-3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(NC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C)C=C1NC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C YPCHGLDQZXOZFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIVQCJOGAHNXBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C HIVQCJOGAHNXBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [phenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphoryl]-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=C(C)C=C(C)C=C1C GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000980 acid dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002318 adhesion promoter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005054 agglomeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001420 alkaline earth metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004996 alkyl benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001000 anthraquinone dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002744 anti-aggregatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000889 atomisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001555 benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzimidazol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(=O)N=C21 MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008641 benzimidazolones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrrole Natural products C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NDKBVBUGCNGSJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 NDKBVBUGCNGSJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RKTGAWJWCNLSFX-UHFFFAOYSA-M bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-dimethylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].OCC[N+](C)(C)CCO RKTGAWJWCNLSFX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YHWCPXVTRSHPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-olate;titanium(4+) Chemical compound [Ti+4].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-] YHWCPXVTRSHPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011362 coarse particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- CGZZMOTZOONQIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCC1 CGZZMOTZOONQIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIRFCWANHMSDCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCCC1 IIRFCWANHMSDCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002887 deanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940105990 diglycerin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYAAVKFHBMJOJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diimidazo[1,3-b:1',3'-e]pyrazine-5,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CN=CN2C(=O)C2=CN=CN12 UYAAVKFHBMJOJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZZFYRREKKOMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N diiodomethane Chemical compound ICI NZZFYRREKKOMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012972 dimethylethanolamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxazine Chemical compound O1ON=CC=C1 PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004662 dithiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CVDUUPMTIHXQKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene 1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical group C=C.O=C1NC(=O)NC(=O)N1 CVDUUPMTIHXQKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSTZPWUPYWHZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;2-ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical group C=C.CCC(CO)(CO)CO WSTZPWUPYWHZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OCC BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KVFVBPYVNUCWJX-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethyl(trimethyl)azanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CC[N+](C)(C)C KVFVBPYVNUCWJX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100608 glycol distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007646 gravure printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical group OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NCC2=C1 PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005394 methallyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OC HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound COCCC(=O)OC BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQWCXKGKQLNYQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl cyclohexan-4-ol Natural products CC1CCC(O)CC1 MQWCXKGKQLNYQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLHXLHGIAMFFBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl phenylglyoxalate Chemical class COC(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YLHXLHGIAMFFBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000199 molecular distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[3-[dimethoxy(methyl)silyl]propyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCNCCN MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBOYHAZRFJBUEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(4-benzhydryloxypiperidin-1-yl)ethyl]-3-hydroxy-5-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)naphthalene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C(=O)NCCN3CCC(CC3)OC(C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C(O)=CC2=C1OCC1=CC=CN=C1 ZBOYHAZRFJBUEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DAHPIMYBWVSMKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hydroxy-n-phenylnitrous amide Chemical class O=NN(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DAHPIMYBWVSMKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002114 octoxynol-9 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007645 offset printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N omega-Hydroxydodecanoic acid Natural products OCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001053 orange pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical group C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical compound C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QBDSZLJBMIMQRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-Cumylphenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 QBDSZLJBMIMQRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxyphenol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013500 performance material Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perinone Chemical compound C12=NC3=CC=CC=C3N2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C4=C2C1=CC=C4C(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2N=C13 DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonic acid group Chemical group P(O)(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036211 photosensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001007 phthalocyanine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940110337 pigment blue 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940067265 pigment yellow 138 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000719 pollutant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920000962 poly(amidoamine) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001230 polyarylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000412 polyarylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000259 polyoxyethylene lauryl ether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000137 polyphosphoric acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116423 propylene glycol diacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical class N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940079877 pyrogallol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003233 pyrroles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RQGPLDBZHMVWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole Chemical compound C1=NC2=CC=NC2=C1 RQGPLDBZHMVWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007151 ring opening polymerisation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012487 rinsing solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007650 screen-printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004984 smart glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019795 sodium metasilicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003011 styrenyl group Chemical group [H]\C(*)=C(/[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940073455 tetraethylammonium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPSKDVINWQNWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrapropylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CCC[N+](CCC)(CCC)CCC LPSKDVINWQNWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005000 thioaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HTSABYAWKQAHBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans 3-methylcyclohexanol Natural products CC1CCCC(O)C1 HTSABYAWKQAHBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVTCUIZCVUGJHS-VQHVLOKHSA-N trans-dipyrrin Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1/C=C1\C=CC=N1 OVTCUIZCVUGJHS-VQHVLOKHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001003 triarylmethane dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylolethane Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)CO QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001132 ultrasonic dispersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001392 ultraviolet--visible--near infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005292 vacuum distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/44—Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F20/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F265/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
- C08F265/04—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F265/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
- C08F265/04—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
- C08F265/06—Polymerisation of acrylate or methacrylate esters on to polymers thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L101/00—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L51/00—Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L51/00—Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L51/003—Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers grafted on to macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bonds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0033—Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
- G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to coloring compositions. More particularly, it relates to a coloring composition used for forming pixels of color filters.
- the present invention also relates to films, color filters, display devices and structures using the coloring composition.
- color filters are generally used to color display images.
- C.I. I. A coloring composition comprising Pigment Green 59, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant is described to produce green pixels of a color filter.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent moisture resistance.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, structure, color filter and display device using the colored composition.
- the present invention provides the following.
- a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin The colorant is color index pigment green 36, at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound; a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound; A colored composition, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
- ⁇ 3> The colored composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
- ⁇ 4> The coloring composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 and Color Index Pigment Yellow 139.
- ⁇ 5> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 30 to 65% by mass.
- the colored composition has a minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among absorbances for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively, Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein A 450 /A 650, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm, is 0.40 to 2.00. 1.
- the resin comprises an alkali-soluble resin.
- the polymerizable monomer contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group.
- ⁇ 11> A film obtained using the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>.
- ⁇ 12> A green pixel obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>; a red pixel; A structure having a blue pixel.
- the red pixel has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 40% or more for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm. > structure described in.
- ⁇ 14> A color filter having the film according to ⁇ 11>.
- ⁇ 15> A display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 11>.
- the present invention it is possible to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent moisture resistance.
- the present invention can provide films, structures, color filters, and display devices using the colored composition.
- the notation that does not describe substitution and unsubstituted includes not only a group (atomic group) having no substituent but also a group (atomic group) having a substituent.
- an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
- exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
- Light used for exposure generally includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
- a numerical range represented by "to” means a range including the numerical values before and after "to” as lower and upper limits.
- total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
- a pigment means a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
- a dye means a colorant that is easily soluble in a solvent.
- (meth)acrylate represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate
- (meth)acryl represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic
- (meth) ) Allyl represents both or either of allyl and methallyl
- (meth)acryloyl represents both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
- process includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
- the colorant is color index pigment green 36, at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound; a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
- the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition of the present invention a film with excellent moisture resistance can be formed.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains the above-described predetermined coloring agent, it is presumed that the packing of the coloring agents becomes dense due to interaction between the coloring agents in the film during film formation. Therefore, it is presumed that the hydrophobicity of the resulting film is increased, and that the intrusion of moisture into the film can be suppressed. Therefore, by using the coloring composition of the present invention, a film having excellent moisture resistance can be formed.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for green pixels of color filters for display devices.
- the type of display device is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a display device having an organic semiconductor element as a light source, such as an organic electroluminescence display device.
- a green pixel is a pixel having a hue intermediate between blue and yellow. Green pixels are not limited to pure green pixels, but include bluish green pixels and yellowish green pixels.
- the colored composition of the present invention has the minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
- the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively
- a 450 /A 650 which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm to the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm , is preferably 0.40 to 2.00.
- the minimum absorbance is preferably in the wavelength range of 528 to 543 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 530 to 540 nm.
- the wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the absorbance is 0.20 (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength ⁇ 1) is present in the wavelength range of 495 to 520 nm from the viewpoint of color separation. Preferably, it exists in the wavelength range of 500 to 518 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 505 to 515 nm.
- the wavelength on the long wavelength side at which the absorbance is 0.20 (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength ⁇ 2) is preferably in the wavelength range of 555 to 585 nm from the viewpoint of color separation, and is in the wavelength range of 560 to 580 nm. It is more preferable to exist, and it is even more preferable to exist in the wavelength range of 565 to 575 nm.
- the wavelength difference ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1) between the wavelength ⁇ 2 and the wavelength ⁇ 1 is preferably 40 to 80 nm, more preferably 45 to 75 nm, even more preferably 50 to 70 nm from the viewpoint of color separation.
- the A 450 /A 650 value is preferably 0.50 to 1.80, more preferably 0.70 to 1.60, and 0.90 to 1 .40 is more preferred.
- the absorbance value may be the value measured in the state of solution, or the value of the film formed using the coloring composition.
- the coloring composition is applied to the glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, dried using a hot plate or the like at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. 20 mW/cm 2 and 100 mJ/cm 2 exposure, then heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and allowed to cool to room temperature to obtain a 1.5 ⁇ m thick film. It is preferable to measure using Absorbance can be measured using a conventionally known spectrophotometer.
- the maximum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm in the thickness direction of the film is 65% or more. is preferred, 70% or more is more preferred, and 75% or more is even more preferred.
- the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
- the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
- the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
- the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
- the maximum absorption wavelength of the film preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. .
- the wavelength at which the transmittance of the film is 50% exists in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm.
- the wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm.
- the long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
- CIE international The chromaticity coordinates in the xyz color system of the Lighting Commission
- the chromaticity coordinate x of the film is preferably 0.21 to 0.30, more preferably 0.250 to 0.300.
- the chromaticity coordinate y of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, more preferably 0.700 to 0.800.
- the coloring composition of the present invention be used for forming a film at a temperature of 150°C or less (preferably a temperature of 120°C or less) throughout the entire process.
- forming a film at a temperature of 150° C. or less throughout all steps means performing all the steps of forming a film using a coloring composition at a temperature of 150° C. or less.
- the thickness of the film and pixels formed from the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 ⁇ m.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 1.1 ⁇ m or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 1.8 ⁇ m or less.
- the line width (pattern size) of pixels formed by the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 2.0 to 10.0 ⁇ m.
- the upper limit is more preferably 7.5 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 4.0 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 2.25 ⁇ m or more, even more preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 2.75 ⁇ m or more.
- the coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail below.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent.
- the coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Green 36; C. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and at least one coloring agent a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds; and a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound.
- C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 the colorant a described above, and the yellow colorant are collectively referred to as a specific colorant.
- the content of the specific coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass. It is more preferably at least 50% by mass, even more preferably at least 60% by mass, even more preferably at least 80% by mass, and at least 90% by mass. It is particularly preferred to have The upper limit can be 100% by mass or less. It is also preferred that the coloring agent is substantially only the specific coloring agent. In the present specification, that the colorant is substantially only the specific colorant means that the content of the specific colorant in the colorant is 99% by mass or more, and is 99.9% by mass. It is preferably 100% by mass or more, and more preferably 100% by mass.
- the average primary particle size of the pigment contained in the colorant is preferably 30 to 200 nm, more preferably 30 to 150 nm, even more preferably 30 to 100 nm.
- the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
- the average primary particle size in this specification is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
- the crystallite size obtained from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal face in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when CuK ⁇ rays are used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. .5 to 50 nm is more preferred, 1 to 30 nm is even more preferred, and 5 to 25 nm is most preferred.
- the coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, and at least one colorant a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds.
- Colorant a is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 and aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, more preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 is more preferable.
- the aluminum phthalocyanine compound used as the colorant a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound is preferably an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include compounds represented by formula (AL1) and compounds represented by formula (AL2), and compounds represented by formula (AL1) are preferred.
- X 1 represents a halogen atom
- R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- R a3 to R a7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a5 and R a6 are bonded to each other.
- n1 represents an integer from 0 to 16;
- X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom;
- R a11 to R a17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group;
- n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 16;
- the halogen atom represented by X 1 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, more preferably a bromine atom.
- n1 represents an integer of 0-16, preferably an integer of 4-16. n1 may be 0.
- R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other;
- a ring may be formed, and each of R a3 to R a7 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group; R a6 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 6.
- Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- the alkenyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched.
- the alkenyl group may have a substituent.
- substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- the aryl group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- the heterocyclic group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and is a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 4 condensed rings. is more preferable.
- the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1-3.
- the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group includes a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, preferably a nitrogen atom.
- the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-18, and more preferably 3-12.
- the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group.
- the heterocyclic group may have a substituent.
- substituents include halogen atoms such as chlorine, fluorine, and bromine, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, hydroxy groups, amino groups, and nitro groups.
- the alkoxy groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- Alkoxy groups may be straight or branched.
- the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
- a halogen atom, an aryl group, a nitro group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
- the aryloxy group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, amino groups, nitro groups, and the like. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- R a1 and R a2 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
- R a5 and R a6 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- the ring formed by bonding these groups together may be either an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
- the halogen atoms represented by X2 and X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, preferably a bromine atom. more preferred.
- n2 represents an integer of 0 to 16, preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and still more preferably 0.
- n3 represents an integer of 0 to 16, preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and still more preferably 0.
- the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group represented by R a11 to R a17 includes the groups described in the section of R a1 to R a7 , and the preferred ranges are also the same. .
- R a17 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, more preferably an aryl group.
- the aluminum phthalocyanine compound examples include the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in the examples below, C.I. I. Pigment Green 62, 63 and the like. Further, specific examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include phthalocyanine pigments PCY-1 to PCY-42 described in paragraph numbers 0151 to 0195 of JP-A-2018-105959, and paragraph numbers 0193 to 0202 of WO 2016/125806. phthalocyanine pigments P-1 to P-35, PC-1 to PC-12, and PCY-1 to PCY-20 described in .
- the naphthalocyanine compound used as the coloring agent a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the naphthalocyanine compound is preferably a naphthalocyanine pigment.
- the naphthalocyanine compound includes a compound represented by formula (nPc1) and a compound represented by formula (nPc2), preferably a compound represented by formula (nPc1).
- R np1 to R np16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, —OR np101 , —COOR np102 , —CONHR np103 , —NHCOR np104 , — SO 2 NHR np105 or —NR np106 R np107 .
- R np101 to R np107 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group of 6-10.
- M np1 represents a metal atom that may have a ligand, and the metal atom is manganese (Mn), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), nickel (Ni), copper (Cu), or zinc (Zn).
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5.
- Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
- An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched.
- the alkenyl group may have a substituent.
- substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups.
- the aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
- M np1 in formula (nPc2) is preferably copper (Cu) or zinc (Zn).
- R np1 to R np16 in formula (nPc1) and formula (nPc2) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group, —OR np101 , —SO 2 NHR np105 , or —NR np106 R np107 is preferred, and a hydrogen atom is more preferred.
- naphthalocyanine compound examples include the naphthalocyanine compounds described in Examples described later and compounds a-1 to a-55 described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2021-014547.
- Colorants used in the coloring composition of the present invention include yellow colorants containing isoindoline compounds.
- an isoindoline compound used as a yellow colorant is also referred to as an isoindoline yellow colorant.
- the isoindoline yellow colorant is preferably a pigment. That is, the isoindoline yellow colorant is preferably an isoindoline yellow pigment. Specific examples of isoindoline yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is mentioned.
- the isoindoline yellow colorant is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 is more preferred. Also, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 content is C.I. I. It is preferably 10 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 185. The upper limit is more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or more.
- the yellow coloring agent can contain a yellow coloring agent other than the isoindoline yellow coloring agent (also referred to as other yellow coloring agents).
- yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds.
- the other yellow colorant is preferably a yellow pigment.
- Specific examples of other yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166,
- a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used.
- the content of the isoindoline yellow coloring agent in the yellow coloring agent is 50% by mass or more, preferably 65% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more.
- the upper limit can be 100% by mass or less.
- the yellow colorant is substantially only isoindoline yellow colorant.
- the phrase that the yellow coloring agent is substantially only the isoindoline yellow coloring agent means that the content of the isoindoline yellow coloring agent in the yellow coloring agent is 99% by mass or more, It is preferably 99.9% by mass or more, more preferably 100% by mass.
- the coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention can contain coloring agents other than the specific coloring agent described above (also referred to as other coloring agents).
- coloring agents include chromatic coloring agents such as green coloring agents, red coloring agents, purple coloring agents, and orange coloring agents.
- Other colorants may be pigments or dyes.
- the other colorant is a green colorant.
- Green colorants used as other colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59 and the like.
- red colorants examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds. Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. I.
- a red colorant a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No.
- 10-2019-0140741 anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 -Perylene compounds described in JP-A-079396, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-083982, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2018-035345, paragraph numbers 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702
- the described diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and the like can also be used.
- red colorant a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used.
- C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
- C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
- the content of the other coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 40% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less. It is more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
- the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 30-70% by mass, more preferably 35-70% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 62% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 40% by mass or more, still more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more.
- the content of Pigment Green 36 is preferably 10 to 65% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, even more preferably 55% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 35% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more.
- the content of the colorant a in the colorant is preferably 2 to 60% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, even more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. % by mass or less is particularly preferred.
- the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition contains C.I. I. 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more of the colorant a is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 .
- the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 35 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 15 to 70% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition contains C.I. I. It preferably contains 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and 65 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36. is particularly preferred.
- the upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more, more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, and further preferably contains 300 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a. preferable.
- the upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) in the coloring agent is preferably 10 to 70% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition contains C.I. I.
- the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) is preferably contained in an amount of 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36.
- the upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more of an isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow coloring agent), more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent a. It is more preferable to contain at least parts by mass.
- the upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin.
- the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition or as a binder.
- a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition is also called a dispersant.
- a resin as a dispersing agent can be used during the preparation of the dispersion. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
- the upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, and even more preferably 5000 or more.
- resins examples include (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, and polyarylene ether phosphine oxides. resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, siloxane resins, and the like.
- a resin having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher can also be used as the resin.
- Examples of commercially available resins having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher include polyimide varnish H520 manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. and the like.
- the resin used in the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin.
- a resin having an acid group is preferable as the alkali-soluble resin.
- Acid groups include phenolic hydroxy groups, carboxyl groups, sulfo groups, phosphoric acid groups, phosphonic acid groups, and the like.
- the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g.
- the lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
- the alkali-soluble resin may have repeating units derived from a maleimide compound.
- Maleimide compounds include N-alkylmaleimides and N-arylmaleimides. Repeating units derived from maleimide compounds include repeating units represented by the formula (C-mi).
- Rmi represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20.
- Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, even more preferably 6-10.
- Rmi is preferably an aryl group.
- the alkali-soluble resin is a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferable that the resin contains
- R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
- Specific examples of the ether dimer can be referred to paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760, the content of which is incorporated herein.
- the colored composition of the present invention preferably uses a resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a polymerizable resin) as the resin.
- the polymerizable resin is an alkali-soluble resin. That is, the alkali-soluble resin is also preferably a resin having a polymerizable group.
- examples of polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
- the resin used in the present invention also preferably contains a resin b1 containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (III).
- a resin b1 containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (III) By using the resin b1, it is excellent in curability at low temperatures, and a sufficiently cured film can be formed even by heating at a relatively low temperature. Furthermore, it is easy to form a cured film having excellent spectral characteristics.
- R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
- n represents an integer of 0-15.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable.
- n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
- Examples of the compound represented by formula (III) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
- Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
- the proportion of repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (III) in all repeating units of resin b1 is preferably 1 to 99 mol%.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3 mol % or more, more preferably 5 mol % or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 95 mol% or less, even more preferably 90 mol% or less.
- the resin b1 may further contain repeating units other than the repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (III).
- resin b1 may contain repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate, and preferably contain repeating units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl portion of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, even more preferably 3-6.
- Preferred specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl (meth)acrylate.
- the resin b1 contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
- the resin used in the present invention preferably contains a resin having a repeating unit containing a blocked isocyanate group (hereinafter also referred to as resin BI). According to this aspect, more excellent low-temperature curability can be obtained, and a sufficiently cured film can be formed even by heating at a relatively low temperature.
- resin BI a resin having a repeating unit containing a blocked isocyanate group
- the blocked isocyanate group possessed by the resin BI is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, more preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat of 70 to 150°C. preferable.
- the blocked isocyanate group includes a group having a structure in which the isocyanate group is chemically protected by a blocking agent.
- a blocked isocyanate group is a group having a structure in which the isocyanate group is protected by a compound called a blocking agent. It is a group having a structure in which a blocking agent is eliminated from a blocked isocyanate group to generate an isocyanate group.
- the blocked isocyanate group possessed by the resin BI is more preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heating at 70 to 150°C. That is, the isocyanate formation temperature of the blocked isocyanate group (the desorption temperature of the blocking agent) is preferably 70 to 150°C. From the viewpoint of storage stability, the lower limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 75° C. or higher, and even more preferably 80° C. or higher. From the viewpoint of curability, the upper limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 130° C. or less, and still more preferably 120° C. or less.
- Blocking agents for protecting isocyanate groups of blocked isocyanate groups include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds, etc. and easiness of the deprotection reaction, preferred are oxime compounds, lactam compounds, active methylene compounds and pyrazole compounds, more preferred are oxime compounds, active methylene compounds and pyrazole compounds, and still more preferred are oxime compounds.
- the coloring composition of the present invention also preferably contains a resin having a basic group.
- the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain. It is more preferably a polymer, and more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group on its side chain and a repeating unit containing no basic group. Resins having basic groups can also be used as dispersants.
- the amine value of the resin having basic groups is preferably 5-300 mgKOH/g.
- the lower limit is more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
- Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include groups represented by the following formula (am-1) and groups represented by the following formula (am-2).
- R am1 and R am2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R am1 and R am2 may combine to form a ring;
- R am11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical
- R am12 to R am19 each independently , represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R am1 , R am2 and R am11 to R am19 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent.
- the aryl group represented by R am1 , R am2 and R am11 to R am19 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group may have a substituent.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5.
- An alkoxy group may have a substituent.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12.
- the aryloxy group may have a substituent.
- the acyl group represented by R am11 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the acyl group may have a substituent.
- resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38 500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (manufactured by BASF) and the like.
- resin Ac a resin having an aromatic carboxy group
- the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
- the aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
- an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
- the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
- Resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
- Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
- L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
- L 2 represents a divalent linking group
- Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
- L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
- L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
- P 10 represents a polymer represents a chain.
- aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) examples include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like.
- Aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
- Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
- the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
- the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
- Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
- n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
- n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
- n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
- Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
- *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
- L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
- L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include groups in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— are combined, and alkylene groups are preferred.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
- the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
- L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
- the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included.
- Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10.
- the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
- the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
- L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
- X 1 represents S
- *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
- *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
- the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— is preferred.
- L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
- X 1 represents S
- *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
- *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
- the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
- P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain.
- the polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000.
- a lower limit of 1000 or more is more preferable.
- the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
- the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
- the polymer chain represented by P10 may contain a polymerizable group.
- Polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
- Resins having a phosphoric acid group include resins represented by formula (P-3-1). This resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
- Rp 1 represents an alkylene group
- Rp 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- n represents a number of 10-1000
- y represents a number of 1-2.
- the alkylene group represented by Rp 1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
- Rp 1 is preferably an ethylene group.
- substituent represented by Rp 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group and the like, preferably an alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5-30.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably branched.
- the weight-average molecular weight of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 45,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 40,000.
- the acid value of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20-150 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 30-120 mgKOH/g.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a resin as a dispersant.
- Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
- the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
- the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin in which the amount of acid groups accounts for 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol% is preferable.
- a resin consisting only of acid groups is more preferable.
- the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
- the acid value of the acidic dispersant is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g.
- a basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
- a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
- the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
- Dispersants include, for example, polymeric dispersants [e.g., polyamidoamine and its salts, polycarboxylic acids and their salts, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, modified polyesters, modified poly(meth)acrylates, (meth) acrylic copolymer, formalin condensate of naphthalene sulfonate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine, and the like.
- Polymeric dispersants can be further classified into straight-chain polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft-type polymers, and block-type polymers according to their structures.
- Polymeric dispersants adsorb to the surfaces of particles such as pigments and act to prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft-type polymer, and a block-type polymer having an anchor site to the surface of a particle such as a pigment are preferable structures. Dispersants described in paragraphs 0028 to 0124 of JP-A-2011-070156 and dispersants described in JP-A-2007-277514 are also preferably used.
- a graft copolymer can also be used as a dispersant. Details of the graft copolymer can be referred to paragraphs 0131 to 0160 of JP-A-2012-137564, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Further, an oligoimine copolymer containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can also be used as the dispersant. Regarding the oligoimine copolymer, the description of paragraphs 0102 to 0174 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. As the dispersant, a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion can also be used.
- Such resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
- the dispersant includes polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in WO 2019/125940, and a block copolymer described in JP 2020-066687. A block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688, and the like can also be used. Alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersant.
- Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, Disperbyk-111, 2001, etc.), BYK series, Sol manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. Sparse series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. Ajisper series, and the like.
- the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
- the resin content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more.
- the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one resin, or may contain two or more resins. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
- An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent.
- the solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the applicability of the coloring composition.
- Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used.
- organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbylate tall acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-di
- aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
- an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, a ppt (parts per trillion) level solvent may be used, and such a high-purity solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
- Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
- the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
- the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
- the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
- the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably the organic solvent does not substantially contain peroxide.
- the content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 60-95% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 87.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 65% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, and even more preferably 75% by mass or more.
- Solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more of them are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
- the colored composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances.
- substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the colored composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less. , is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
- Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
- a method for reducing the amount of environmentally regulated substances there is a method in which the system is heated or decompressed to raise the temperature to the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances or higher, and the environmentally regulated substances are distilled off from the system.
- distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to increase the efficiency.
- a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from progressing during the vacuum distillation and the intermolecular cross-linking.
- These distillation methods are the raw material stage, the reaction product of the raw materials (for example, the resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the colored composition stage produced by mixing these compounds. is possible even at the stage of
- the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer.
- polymerizable monomers include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
- ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
- the polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable monomer.
- the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100-3000.
- the upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, even more preferably 250 or more.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3 mmol/g or more, still more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 12 mmol/g or less, even more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less.
- the polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. According to this aspect, the curability of the colored composition by exposure is good.
- the upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, from the viewpoint of the stability of the colored composition over time.
- the polymerizable monomer is preferably a trifunctional or higher (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a tri- to fifteen-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a tri- to ten-functional (meth)acrylate compound. is more preferred, and tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compounds are particularly preferred.
- the polymerizable monomer is also preferably a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an AO monomer).
- an AO monomer affinity with a developer such as an alkaline developer can be improved. For this reason, when forming pixels by exposing a coloring composition layer formed using a coloring composition in a pattern and removing the coloring composition layer in the unexposed area using a developer such as an alkaline developer, , the colored composition layer in the unexposed areas can be removed efficiently, and the generation of development residues can be more effectively suppressed.
- the number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in one molecule of the AO monomer is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 20 or less from the viewpoint of the stability of the colored composition over time.
- AO monomers examples include compounds represented by the following formula (AO-1).
- a 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group
- L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- R 1 represents an alkylene group
- m represents an integer of 1 to 30
- n represents an integer of 3 or more
- L2 represents an n-valent linking group.
- Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group represented by A 1 include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group, with a (meth)acryloyl group being preferred.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and groups in which two or more of these are combined. .
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly preferably 2 or 3, and most preferably 2.
- the alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. Specific examples of the alkylene group represented by R 1 include an ethylene group and a linear or branched propylene group, with an ethylene group being preferred.
- n represents an integer of 1 to 30, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 5.
- n represents an integer of 3 or more, preferably an integer of 4 or more.
- the upper limit of n is preferably an integer of 15 or less, more preferably an integer of 10 or less, and even more preferably an integer of 6 or less.
- the n-valent linking group represented by L 2 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, a group consisting of a combination thereof, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a heterocyclic group.
- a group formed by combining at least one selected from cyclic groups with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO- and -NH- may be mentioned.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10.
- the heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Types of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
- the number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1-3.
- the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed.
- the n-valent linking group represented by L2 is also preferably a group derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
- AO-2 a compound represented by the following formula (AO-2) is more preferable.
- R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 1 represents an alkylene group
- m represents an integer of 1 to 30
- n represents an integer of 3 or more
- L 2 represents an n-valent linking group.
- R 1 , L 2 , m and n in formula (AO-2) have the same meanings as R 1 , L 2 , m and n in formula (AO-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
- AO monomers include KAYARAD T-1420 (T) and RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
- Polymerizable monomers include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and their (meth)acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues Compounds of conjugated structures (eg SR454,
- diglycerin EO ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate
- pentaerythritol tetraacrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester A -TMMT
- 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA
- RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- Aronix M-402 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., A mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate
- Aronix TO-2349 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
- NK Oligo UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-N
- polymerizable monomers examples include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol. It is also preferred to use a trifunctional (meth)acrylate compound such as tri(meth)acrylate.
- Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305.
- M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
- a polymerizable monomer having an acid group can also be used as the polymerizable monomer.
- the acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferred.
- Commercially available polymerizable monomers having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
- the acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is preferably 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, more preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g.
- the acid value of the polymerizable monomer is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility in the developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling.
- a polymerizable monomer having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the polymerizable monomer.
- Polymerizable monomers having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. under the KAYARAD DPCA series, including DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60 and DPCA-120.
- a polymerizable monomer having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the polymerizable monomer.
- Commercially available polymerizable monomers having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomers having a fluorene skeleton).
- the polymerizable monomer it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances such as toluene.
- environmentally regulated substances such as toluene.
- Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
- polymerizable monomers examples include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, JP-B-02-016765, Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable. It is also preferable to use a polymerizable monomer having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in its molecule, which is described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-01-105238.
- the polymerizable monomers include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
- the content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
- the content of the above-described AO monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
- the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
- the content of the AO monomer in the polymerizable monomer contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 40 to 100% by mass, and 60 to 100% by mass. More preferred.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more polymerizable monomers. When two or more polymerizable monomers are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
- the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred.
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, phenylglyoxylate compounds, and the like.
- halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
- acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphen
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from oxime compounds, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, and more preferably an oxime compound.
- the photopolymerization initiator compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, the peroxide photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No.
- Phenylglyoxylate compounds include phenylglyoxylic acid methyl esters.
- Commercially available products include Omnirad MBF (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and Irgacure MBF (manufactured by BASF).
- Acylphosphine compounds include acylphosphine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898. Specific examples include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide.
- Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
- aminoalkylphenone compounds examples include aminoalkylphenone compounds described in JP-A-10-291969.
- Commercially available aminoalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, and Irgacure 36. 9E, Irgacure 379 , and Irgacure 379EG (manufactured by BASF).
- hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (V).
- Rv 1 represents a substituent
- Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
- m represents an integer of 0 to 5;
- the substituent represented by Rv 1 includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) and an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Alkyl groups and alkoxy groups are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include a hydroxy group and a group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure.
- the group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure includes a group having a structure obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the benzene ring to which Rv 1 in formula (V) is bonded or from Rv 1 .
- Rv2 and Rv3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- an alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- Rv 2 and Rv 3 may combine with each other to form a ring (preferably a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms).
- the alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
- hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF made), etc.
- Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No.
- oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy and imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
- An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
- Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. be done.
- an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
- Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
- An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
- Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
- An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
- the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
- Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
- An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
- Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
- an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
- Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
- oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
- a photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm exceeding 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL/g cm, and an absorption coefficient in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm
- a photopolymerization initiator A2 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL/g ⁇ cm or less and an absorption coefficient of 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more at a wavelength of 254 nm.
- the flatness is good, In addition, it is possible to form pixels having excellent properties such as light resistance and moisture resistance.
- the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 it is preferable to select and use a compound having the above absorption coefficient from among the above compounds.
- the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator at the above wavelength is a value measured as follows. That is, it was calculated by dissolving a photopolymerization initiator in methanol to prepare a measurement solution and measuring the absorbance of the above-mentioned measurement solution. Specifically, the measurement solution described above is placed in a glass cell with a width of 1 cm, the absorbance is measured using an Agilent Technologies UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer (Cary 5000), and the following formula is applied to the wavelength 365 nm and the wavelength The extinction coefficient (mL/g ⁇ cm) at 254 nm was calculated. In the above formula, ⁇ is the extinction coefficient (mL/g ⁇ cm), A is the absorbance, c is the concentration of the photopolymerization initiator (g/mL), and l is the optical path length (cm).
- the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g cm or more, and is 2.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g cm or more. is more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more, even more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more, and 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 mL /g ⁇ cm or more is particularly preferable.
- the absorption coefficient of light having a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more, more preferably 1.5 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm. It is more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more, and even more preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 mL/g ⁇ cm or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 mL/g ⁇ cm or less, more preferably 9.5 ⁇ 10 4 mL/g ⁇ cm or less, and 8.0 ⁇ 10 4 mL/g ⁇ cm or less. cm or less is more preferable.
- the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably an oxime compound, an aminoalkylphenone compound or an acylphosphine compound, more preferably an oxime compound or an aminoalkylphenone compound, and still more preferably an oxime compound.
- Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include the compound (C-7), the compound (C-8), the compound (C-13), the compound (C-14), and the compound shown in the specific examples of the oxime compound above. (C-15) and the like.
- Commercially available products include, for example, Irgacure OXE01 and Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF, which are oxime compounds, and IGM Resins B., which is an acylphosphine compound.
- the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL/g ⁇ cm or less, and 10 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL/g ⁇ cm. is preferred, and 20 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL/g ⁇ cm is more preferred. Further, the difference between the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 0.5 ⁇ 10 2 mL.
- the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g ⁇ cm or more, and is 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 6 mL. /g ⁇ cm, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 3 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 mL/g ⁇ cm.
- the photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, a phenylglyoxylate compound or an acylphosphine compound, more preferably a hydroxyalkylphenone compound or a phenylglyoxylate compound, and a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. It is even more preferable to have Moreover, the hydroxyalkylphenone compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (V) described above. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A2 include compounds having structures shown as specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V) above. In addition, as a commercial product of the photopolymerization initiator IB, IGM Resins B., which is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, is available. V. Omnirad 184 and Omnirad 2959 manufactured by the company.
- the combination of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably a combination in which the photopolymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound.
- a combination in which the polymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is the compound represented by the formula (V) is more preferable.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 12.5% by mass or less.
- the photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 to 15% by mass. is preferred.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 12.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 to 10% by mass. is preferred.
- the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 3% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention when the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 described above are used as photopolymerization initiators, the coloring composition of the present invention contains 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A1. On the other hand, it is preferable to contain 20 to 200 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A2.
- the upper limit is more preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 150 parts by mass or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by mass or more.
- a cured film having excellent properties such as light resistance can be formed by a low-temperature process (for example, a process at a temperature of 150° C. or lower, preferably 120° C. or lower throughout the entire process).
- the total amount of each preferably satisfies the above requirements.
- the photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 described above as a photopolymerization initiator
- the photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiation in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 12.5% by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain photopolymerization initiators other than photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 (hereinafter also referred to as other photopolymerization initiators) as photopolymerization initiators, It is preferred that substantially no other photopolymerization initiator is contained.
- the content of the other photoinitiator is 1 part by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator A1 and the photoinitiator A2 It is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably does not contain other photopolymerization initiators.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
- the cyclic ether group includes an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, preferably an epoxy group.
- Compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having 1 to 100 cyclic ether groups in one molecule.
- the upper limit of the number of cyclic ether groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
- the lower limit of the number of cyclic ether groups is more preferably two or more.
- a compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular-weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a high-molecular-weight compound (macromolecule) (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more; in the case of a resin, a weight-average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
- the weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000.
- the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
- a resin-type compound having a cyclic ether group (a resin having a cyclic ether group) is a component corresponding to a resin.
- Resin-type compounds having a cyclic ether group include resins containing repeating units having a cyclic ether group.
- the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass.
- the lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and even more preferably 2% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 1 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable monomer, and 1 to 50 parts by mass. Part is more preferred.
- the compounds having a cyclic ether group may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative.
- Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersing aids.
- a dispersing aid is a material for enhancing dispersibility of a pigment in a coloring composition.
- Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, and a pyrrolopyrrole dye.
- diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton,
- An isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, a pyrromethene dye skeleton, and the like are included.
- the acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof.
- Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like.
- the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable.
- sulfonic acid amide group a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable.
- the imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or —SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
- R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents.
- the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
- Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
- Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
- a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used as the pigment derivative.
- the maximum value ( ⁇ max) of the molar absorption coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative is preferably 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, and 1000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less. is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less is even more preferable.
- the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more.
- pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961. , JP-A-03-026767, JP-A-03-153780, JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669, JP-A-06-145546, JP-A-06-212088, Patent JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of WO 2012/102399 , Paragraph No.
- the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
- the lower limit of this range is more preferably 0.25 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more. More preferably.
- the upper limit of this range is more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15 parts by mass or less.
- the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can also contain a polyalkyleneimine.
- Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids.
- Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine.
- Polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
- the alkyleneimine preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 carbon atoms.
- the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
- the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
- the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
- the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
- the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
- the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
- alkyleneimine examples include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more.
- Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
- the content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less.
- the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- a curing accelerator may be added to the coloring composition of the present invention for the purpose of accelerating the reaction of the polymerizable monomer or lowering the curing temperature.
- curing accelerators include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule.
- a polyfunctional thiol compound may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion and the like.
- curing accelerators include methylol compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph number 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example Curing agent described in paragraph number 0186 of JP-A-2013-041165), a base generator (e.g., an ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-055114), a cyanate compound (e.g., JP-A-2012-150180 Compounds described in paragraph number 0071 of the publication), alkoxysilane compounds (e.g., alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253054), onium salt compounds (e.g., JP-A-2015-034963.
- methylol compounds for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph number 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963
- amines for example,
- the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
- a silane coupling agent a silane compound having at least two functional groups with different reactivity in one molecule is preferable.
- the silane coupling agent contains at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacrylic group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a ureido group, a mercapto group, a sulfide group, and an isocyanate group, and an alkoxy group. is preferred.
- silane coupling agents include N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-602), N-2-(aminoethyl)-3 -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., K
- the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
- Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.) and the like.
- the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more polymerization inhibitors. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
- a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound, or the like can be used as the ultraviolet absorber.
- paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, paragraph numbers 0317-0334 of JP-A-2013-068814, and paragraph numbers 0061-0080 of JP-A-2016-162946 are described.
- UV absorbers examples include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. .
- Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016).
- the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987, and WO 2020/137819.
- a thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used.
- the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
- a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorosurfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used.
- the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, more preferably a silicone-based surfactant.
- Surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass.
- a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and saving liquid, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.
- JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144.
- the fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable.
- fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafac and DS-21.
- fluorosurfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant.
- fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
- the fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta)
- a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
- the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
- the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
- a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
- Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K.
- compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
- a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is a surfactant.
- m represents 1 or 2
- n represents an integer of 1 to 4
- a represents 1 or 2
- X a + is a valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH4 + .
- Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure
- silicone surfactants include DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (the above, Dow ⁇ Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc. are mentioned.
- a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
- the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one surfactant, or may contain two or more surfactants. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- additives such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be added to the coloring composition of the present invention, if necessary.
- additives include additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the antioxidant for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph number 0042 of JP-A-2011-090147), a thioether compound, and the like can be used.
- Adekastab series manufactured by ADEKA Corporation (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO- 330, etc.).
- antioxidants polyfunctional hindered amine antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, paragraph numbers 0023 to 0023 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 0048 may also be used. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used.
- the coloring composition of this invention may contain a latent antioxidant as needed.
- the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst.
- a compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified.
- Specific examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
- Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
- the colored composition of the present invention may be included.
- the sensitizer and light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116 the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication
- JP-A-2018-091940 A storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of the publication may be included.
- perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be regulated.
- perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
- fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
- its salt is 0.01ppb to 1,000ppb with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
- a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected.
- Compounds that can substitute for regulated compounds include, for example, compounds excluded from regulation due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum allowable range.
- the storage container for the coloring composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used.
- a storage container a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resins and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resins for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and coloring compositions. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
- the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the coloring composition, and suppressing deterioration of components.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components.
- all components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce a colored composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately mixed into two or more solutions or dispersions. , these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to produce a colored composition.
- a process of dispersing particles such as pigments may be included in the production of the coloring composition.
- mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
- Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
- beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency.
- the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used.
- the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629.
- any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
- fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
- polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
- polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials.
- PP polypropylene
- nylon including high density polypropylene
- nylon including high density polypropylene
- the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01-3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
- the pore size value of the filter reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value.
- Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
- a fiber-like filter medium As the filter.
- fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers.
- Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
- filters different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed.
- the film of the present invention is a film obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
- the films of the invention are used as green pixels in color filters.
- the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 ⁇ m.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 1.1 ⁇ m or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 1.8 ⁇ m or less.
- the maximum transmittance of the film of the present invention to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 65% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 75% or more.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
- the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
- the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
- the maximum absorption wavelength preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. is more preferred.
- the wavelengths at which the transmittance is 50% are preferably present in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm.
- the wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm.
- the long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
- the chromaticity coordinate x of the film is preferably 0.210 to 0.300, more preferably 0.250 to 0.300.
- the chromaticity coordinate y of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, more preferably 0.700 to 0.800.
- a film with such chromaticity coordinates is preferably used as a green pixel of a color filter.
- the color filter of the invention has the film of the invention described above. Specifically, it has the film of the present invention as a green pixel of a color filter.
- the color filter of the present invention can be used for solid-state imaging devices and display devices.
- the color filter of the present invention preferably has colored pixels of other hues in addition to the pixels of the film of the present invention.
- a preferred embodiment of the color filter of the present invention includes a mode having red pixels, blue pixels, and green pixels composed of the film of the present invention.
- the color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
- the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel.
- the partition may be formed with the configuration described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656.
- a red pixel that is preferably used in combination with the pixel of the film of the present invention preferably contains a red colorant.
- the content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more.
- the upper limit of the content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel may be 100% by mass, 99% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass. % or less.
- the red pixel preferably contains 40% by mass or more of the red colorant, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 60% by mass or more.
- the upper limit of the content of the red colorant is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
- a red coloring agent C.I. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269,
- Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 202, 254, 264, 269 and 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 179, 202, 254, 264 and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 264 are more preferred.
- the red pixel preferably contains a yellow colorant in addition to the red colorant.
- the content of the yellow colorant is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, and 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the red colorant. More preferred.
- a yellow colorant C.I. I.
- the red pixel preferably has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and even more preferably 0.5% or less.
- the minimum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and even more preferably 40% or more.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more.
- the chromaticity coordinate x of the red pixel is preferably 0.650 to 0.700, more preferably 0.660 to 0.690.
- the y of the chromaticity coordinate of the red pixel is preferably 0.300 to 0.325, more preferably 0.310 to 0.320.
- a blue pixel that is preferably used in combination with the pixel of the film of the present invention preferably contains a blue colorant.
- the content of the blue colorant in the colorant contained in the blue pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more.
- the blue pixel preferably contains 20% by mass or more of the blue colorant, more preferably 25% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more.
- the upper limit of the content of the blue colorant is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
- C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. pigments, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred.
- the blue pixel more preferably contains at least one selected from a purple colorant and a red colorant in addition to the blue colorant.
- the content of the purple colorant is preferably 10 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 75 parts by mass, and 30 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue colorant. More preferred.
- Purple and red colorants include C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61, and xanthene compounds.
- Examples of the xanthene compound include salt-forming compounds obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with a xanthene-based acid dye described in paragraphs 0025 to 0077 of JP-A-2016-180834. .
- the blue pixel preferably has a maximum transmittance of 50% or more, more preferably 60% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and even more preferably 60% or more.
- the minimum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and even more preferably 10% or less.
- the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less.
- the chromaticity coordinate x of the blue pixel is preferably 0.135 to 0.155, more preferably 0.140 to 0.150.
- the y of the chromaticity coordinates of the blue pixels is preferably 0.040 to 0.075, more preferably 0.045 to 0.070.
- the structure of the present invention has green pixels, red pixels, and blue pixels obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
- the green pixels preferably have the spectral characteristics described above in the film of the present invention section.
- the red pixel and the blue pixel have the spectral characteristics described in the section of the color filter described above.
- a method for forming pixels includes a step of applying a coloring composition onto a support to form a coloring composition layer, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and developing the coloring composition layer after exposure. and a step of performing.
- performing at a temperature of 150°C or lower throughout the entire process means that all steps of forming pixels using the coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150°C or lower.
- a step of heating is further provided after developing the colored composition layer after exposure, it means that this heating step is also performed at a temperature of 150° C. or less.
- the colored composition layer is formed by applying the colored composition onto the support.
- the support include glass substrates, polycarbonate substrates, polyester substrates, aromatic polyamide substrates, polyamideimide substrates, polyimide substrates, and the like.
- An organic light-emitting layer may be formed on these substrates.
- an undercoat layer may be provided on the substrate for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface.
- the undercoat layer can also be formed using, for example, a composition obtained by removing the coloring agent from the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
- the surface contact angle of the undercoat layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80° when measured with water.
- a known method can be used as a method for applying the coloring composition.
- drop method drop cast
- slit coating method spray method
- roll coating method spin coating
- methods described in publications inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. a printing method; a transfer method using a mold or the like; a nanoimprint method, and the like.
- inkjet e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method
- ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc.
- a printing method a transfer method using a mold or the like
- nanoimprint method and the like.
- the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited.
- the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked).
- the pre-baking temperature is preferably 80° C. or lower, more preferably 70° C. or lower, still more preferably 60° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50° C. or lower.
- the lower limit can be, for example, 40° C. or higher.
- the prebake time is preferably 10 to 3600 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
- the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
- the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
- Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like.
- Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
- Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred.
- a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
- the exposure may be performed by continuously irradiating the light, or by pulsing the light (pulse exposure).
- the pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level).
- the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and even more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less.
- the lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but may be 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, and may be 10 femtoseconds or more.
- the frequency is preferably 1 kHz or higher, more preferably 2 kHz or higher, and even more preferably 4 kHz or higher.
- the upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and even more preferably 10 kHz or less.
- the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 50000000 W/ m2 or more, more preferably 100000000 W/ m2 or more, and even more preferably 200000000 W/ m2 or more.
- the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 1000000000 W/m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000 W/m 2 or less, and even more preferably 500000000 W/m 2 or less.
- the pulse width is the time during which the light is applied in the pulse period.
- the frequency is the number of pulse cycles per second.
- the maximum instantaneous illuminance is the average illuminance within the time during which the light is irradiated in the pulse period.
- the pulse cycle is a cycle in which light irradiation and rest in pulse exposure are set as one cycle.
- the irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , for example.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 or more, still more preferably 0.2 J/cm 2 or more, even more preferably 0.5 J/cm 2 or more, and 0.8 J/cm It is more preferably 1.0 J/cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 1.0 J/cm 2 or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 2.0 J/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 1.5 J/cm 2 or less.
- the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is preferably, for example, 50 mW/cm 2 to 10 W/cm 2 .
- the lower limit of exposure illuminance is more preferably 500 mW/cm 2 or more, still more preferably 800 mW/cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 1000 mW/cm 2 or more.
- the upper limit of exposure illuminance is preferably 10 W/cm 2 or less, more preferably 7 W/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 5 W/cm 2 or less.
- the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate, and in addition to exposure in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (e.g., 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free) or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume).
- the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an illuminance of 1 W/cm 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 2 W/cm 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
- the colored composition layer can be sufficiently cured, and a pixel having more excellent light resistance can be produced.
- the colored composition layer after exposure is developed. That is, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is removed by development to form a pattern (pixels).
- the development and removal of the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer can be performed using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion.
- the temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example.
- the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
- Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferred.
- alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
- alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
- ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide
- benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide
- choline pyrrole
- piperidine 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene
- examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
- a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety.
- the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
- the developer may further contain a surfactant.
- the surfactant include the surfactants described above, and nonionic surfactants are preferred.
- the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used.
- the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.
- Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinsing solution to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. A similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
- Additional exposure processing and heat processing are post-development curing treatments for complete curing.
- the heating temperature is preferably 150°C or less.
- the upper limit of the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 100°C or lower.
- the lower limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as it can accelerate the curing of the film, but is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 75°C or higher.
- the heating time is preferably 1 minute or longer, more preferably 5 minutes or longer, and even more preferably 10 minutes or longer.
- the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 20 minutes or less from the viewpoint of productivity.
- Post-baking is also preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere. According to this aspect, thermal polymerization can proceed very efficiently without being inhibited by oxygen.
- the inert gas include nitrogen gas, argon gas, helium gas, etc. Nitrogen gas is preferred.
- the oxygen concentration during post-baking is preferably 100 ppm or less.
- the additional exposure process it is preferable to irradiate light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm for exposure.
- the step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern is performed with respect to the colored composition layer with light having a wavelength of more than 350 nm and 380 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 355 to 370 nm, More preferably i-line) is irradiated and exposed, and the additional exposure treatment (exposure after development) is performed on the colored composition layer after development with light having a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm (preferably light having a wavelength of 254 nm). ) is preferably used for exposure.
- the coloring composition layer can be moderately cured in the first exposure (exposure before development), and the entire coloring composition layer is almost completely cured in the next exposure (exposure after development).
- the colored composition layer can be sufficiently cured to form pixels having excellent properties such as light resistance, adhesion and rectangularity.
- the colored composition contains, as a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL/g cm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol.
- the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 mL / g cm or less, and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 mL / g cm or more. It is preferable to use one containing agent A2.
- Exposure after development can be performed using, for example, an ultraviolet photoresist curing device.
- an ultraviolet photoresist curing device for example, light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm and light other than this (for example, i-line) may be emitted.
- the exposure source spectrum in the case of performing the additional exposure treatment is preferably a continuous spectrum, and from the viewpoint of improving the light resistance of the resulting film and the adhesion to the substrate, it should have a spectral distribution different from that of the exposure before development.
- the radiation of (b) or (c) is preferable in that the light resistance of the obtained film and the improvement of the adhesion to the substrate can be achieved at a higher level.
- the colorant contains a dye
- the dye generally absorbs ultraviolet light or short-wavelength visible light and may undergo photodecomposition. Therefore, the radiation of (c), which has less high-intensity components on the short-wavelength side, is preferred.
- the upper limit of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm is not particularly limited, it is preferably smaller than the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm, more preferably 3/4 or less.
- the intensity is 1/4 or less, preferably 1/10 or less, more preferably 1/20 of the smaller peak intensity of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line). radiation.
- the lower limit of the peak intensity at the wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) and the wavelength of 365 nm (i-line) is not particularly limited.
- the exposure before development is radiation containing a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line), and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is a wavelength of 365 nm ( Radiation that is less than 1 ⁇ 6 of the peak intensity in i-line) is preferred.
- Radiation that exhibits such spectral characteristics can be obtained, for example, by using a light source that exhibits the spectral characteristics described above, or by passing radiation emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp through an ultraviolet cut filter or bandpass filter.
- the irradiation dose (exposure dose) in exposure after development is preferably 0.03 to 4.0 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 3.5 J/cm 2 .
- the difference between the wavelength of light used for exposure before development and the wavelength of light used for exposure after development is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 to 150 nm.
- the display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above.
- Examples of display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
- Display device written by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd.) Published in 1989
- Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)”. There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
- the organic electroluminescent display device may be a microdisplay.
- the diagonal length of the display surface of the microdisplay can be, for example, 4 inches or less, 2 inches or less, 1 inch or less, or 0.2 inches or less.
- Applications of microdisplays include, but are not limited to, electronic viewfinders, smart glasses, head-mounted displays, and the like.
- the organic electroluminescence display device may have a light source composed of a white organic electroluminescence element.
- a tandem structure is preferable for the white organic electroluminescence element.
- the spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 nm-485 nm), green region (530 nm-580 nm) and yellow region (580 nm-620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, those having a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 nm to 700 nm) are more preferred.
- the organic electroluminescence display device may have a color filter.
- the color filter may be provided on the underlying layer.
- transparent pixels may be provided and white light may be used as it is for light emission. By doing so, the brightness of the display device can also be increased.
- the organic electroluminescence display device may have a lens on the color filter.
- the shape of the lens can take various shapes derived from the design of the optical system, and examples thereof include a convex shape and a concave shape. For example, a concave shape (concave lens) can easily improve the light condensing property.
- the lens may be in direct contact with the color filter, or another layer such as an adhesion layer or a planarization layer may be provided between the lens and the color filter. Also, the lens can be used by arranging it in the manner described in WO2018/135189.
- the coloring composition and film of the present invention can also be used in solid-state imaging devices.
- the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device.
- a plurality of photodiodes and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the substrate, forming the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.). and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. and a color filter on the device protective film.
- CCD charge-coupled device
- CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
- a configuration having a condensing means for example, a microlens or the like; the same shall apply hereinafter
- the pixels of the color filter may be embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
- the partition walls preferably have a lower refractive index than the pixels. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656. device. Imaging devices equipped with solid-state imaging devices can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (mobile phones, etc.) having an imaging function, but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
- Pigment dispersions P-G1 to P-G8, P1-G10 to P-G13, P-G18 to P-G21, P-Gr1, P-Gr2) A mixture of pigments 1 to 6 listed in the table below, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was prepared. , using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion.
- Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 0.01 parts by mass of compound A, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
- PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
- a mixture of 80 parts by mass was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion.
- NANO-3000-10 a pressure reduction mechanism
- Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion liquid P-G22.
- a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min.
- Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 2, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, using a high-pressure disperser (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was carried out under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion P-G23.
- a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.
- Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 1.0 part by mass of dispersant 3, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ( PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-G24.
- NANO-3000-10 a pressure reduction mechanism
- Dispersant 1 Resin having the following structure (basic resin. Block copolymer with poly(meth)acrylic structure. Values attached to main chain are mass ratios. Amine value: 71 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight: 9900)
- Dispersant 2 Resin having the following structure (resin having an aromatic carboxyl group, acid value 43 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight 9000)
- Dispersant 3 Resin synthesized by the following method (resin having a phosphoric acid group, acid value 166 mgKOH/g) 186 g of lauryl alcohol, 571 g of ⁇ -caprolactone monomer, and 0.6 g of tetrabutyl titanate were charged into a reaction vessel equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, and after purging with nitrogen gas, the mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C.
- Derivative 1 a compound having the following structure
- Derivative 2 a compound having the following structure
- PB15:3 Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
- PB15:4 Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
- PB16 Color Index Pigment Blue 16 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
- PG7 Color Index Pigment Green 7 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
- PG36 Color Index Pigment Green 36 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
- PG62 Color Index Pigment Green 62 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
- PG63 Color Index Pigment Green 63 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
- PY138 Color Index Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment)
- PY139 Color Index Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
- PY150 Color Index Pigment Yellow 150 (azo nickel complex, yellow pigment)
- PY185 Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
- AlPc1 compound
- the content of the isoindoline compound with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of PB15:3, PB15:4, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and the naphthalocyanine compound is described in the column of "content 1", and the isoindoline in the yellow coloring agent
- the content of the compound is described in the column of "content 2”
- the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of each coloring composition is described in the column of "coloring agent content”.
- I1 Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF)
- I2 Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF)
- I3 Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
- I4 Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
- I5 Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
- I6 NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
- I7 KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
- I8 a compound having the following structure
- (resin) B1 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 13,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units)
- B2 Resin synthesized by the following method 196 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was charged into a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, a dropping tube and a stirrer, and the temperature was raised to 80°C.
- M4 a compound having the following structure
- M5 a compound having the following structure
- G1 Silicone surfactant (BYK-330, manufactured by BYK Co., Ltd.)
- G2 Silicone surfactant (FZ-2122, manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.)
- G3 fluorine-based surfactant (Megafac F-551, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
- the coloring composition produced above was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the finished film thickness after drying was 1.2 ⁇ m, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, i-line exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Then, it was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and allowed to cool to form a film. A high-temperature and high-humidity test was performed by exposing the obtained film to conditions of 85° C. and 85% relative humidity for 1000 hours.
- the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm was measured before and after the high temperature and high humidity test, the transmittance change rate was calculated for each measured wavelength, and the maximum value of the transmittance change rate was obtained. evaluated.
- the transmittance measurement was performed 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the results of 3 times excluding the maximum and minimum values was adopted.
- the maximum value of the amount of change in transmittance means the amount of change at the wavelength where the amount of change in transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before and after the high-temperature and high-humidity test is the largest.
- the evaluation results are shown in the table below.
- the maximum value of change in transmittance is 1% or less 4: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 1% and 2% or less 3: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 2% and 3% or less 2: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 3% and 4% or less 1: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 4%
- the colored compositions of Examples 1 to 40 have the minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, and the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1.
- the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the range of 490 to 525 nm and the range of 550 to 590 nm, respectively, and the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm.
- the ratio A 450 /A 650 was between 0.40 and 2.00.
- the coloring composition for forming a green pixel was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after forming the film would be 1.2 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 120 seconds. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the film was exposed through a patterned mask at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 . Then, puddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- the red pixel-forming coloring composition and the blue pixel-forming coloring composition are sequentially patterned to form a red coloring pattern (red pixels) and a blue coloring pattern (blue pixels), respectively, to produce a color filter. bottom.
- the coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 40 were used as the coloring compositions for forming green pixels.
- the red pixel-forming coloring composition the following red pixel-forming coloring composition 1 was used.
- the blue pixel-forming coloring composition the following blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1 or blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2 was used.
- the obtained color filter was incorporated into an organic electroluminescence display according to a known method. This organic electroluminescence display device had a suitable image recognition ability.
- Red pixel-forming coloring composition 1 After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m to prepare a coloring composition 1 for forming red pixels.
- Polymerizable monomer 1 0.83 parts by mass
- Polymerizable monomer 2 0.83 parts by mass
- Surfactant 1 0.004 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA): 16.68 parts by mass Part cyclopentanone ... 16.68 parts by mass
- Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1 After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
- Blue pigment dispersion 1 ...56.7 parts by mass Purple dye solution 1...16.28 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.19 parts by mass Photoinitiator 2...0.64 parts by mass Parts Resin 1...0.93 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 3...2.97 parts by mass Epoxy compound 1...1.40 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass Cyclohexanone... 19.89 parts by mass
- Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2 After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
- Blue pigment dispersion 2 ...53.8 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.20 parts by mass Photoinitiator 4...0.80 parts by mass Resin 1...3.60 parts by mass Polymerization Polymerizable monomer 1...1.56 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2...3.64 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass PGMEA...35.4 parts by mass
- the materials used for each pixel-forming coloring composition are as follows.
- Red Pigment Dispersion 1 Red Pigment Dispersion 1 prepared by the following method C. I. 10.68 parts by weight of Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (2.82 parts by mass), Pigment Derivative 1 (1.50 parts by mass), Dispersant 1 (5.25 parts by mass), and PGMEA (80.00 parts by mass) were mixed in a bead mill (0.3 mm zirconia beads). A pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing and dispersing for 3 hours.
- dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min.
- This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a red pigment dispersion liquid 1.
- Pigment derivative 1 compound having the following structure
- Dispersant 1 Resin having the following structure (the parenthesized numbers in the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the parenthesized numbers in the side chains represent the number of repeating units. The weight average molecular weight is 20000.)
- Blue pigment dispersion 1 Blue pigment dispersion 1 prepared by the following method C. I. A mixture of 10.00 parts by mass of Pigment Blue 15:6, 3.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 2, and 86.50 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm). Then, a pigment dispersion was prepared. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min.
- NANO-3000-10 manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.
- Dispersant 2 Resin having the following structure (The numbers in parentheses on the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 11,000.)
- Blue pigment dispersion 2 Blue pigment dispersion 2 prepared by the following method C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 8.27 parts by weight, C.I. I. A mixture of 6.23 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 80.00 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed by a bead mill (0.3 mm diameter zirconia beads) for 3 hours. , to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid 2.
- a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.
- Purple dye solution 1 20 wt% cyclohexanone solution of a dye having the following structure (in the structural formula shown below, iPr is an isopropyl group)
- Photoinitiator 1 Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
- Photoinitiator 2 Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.)
- Photoinitiator 3 a compound having the following structure Resin 1: A 40% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 11000, numerical values attached to the main chain are molar ratios)
- Polymerizable monomer 1 compound having the following structure
- Polymerizable monomer 2 compound having the following structure
- Polymerizable monomer 3 compound having the following structure
- Epoxy compound 1 EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation)
- Surfactant 1 KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant))
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are a colored composition capable of forming films having excellent moisture resistance, a film, a structure, a color filter, and a display device. The colored composition comprises colorants and a resin and is for use in forming the green pixels of color filters. The colorants comprise Color-Index Pigment Green 36, at least one colorant a selected from among Color-Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color-Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color-Index Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, and naphthalocyanine compounds, and one or more yellow colorants including an isoindoline compound, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorants is 50 mass% or higher.
Description
本発明は、着色組成物に関する。より詳しくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成などに用いられる着色組成物に関する。また、本発明は、着色組成物を用いた膜、カラーフィルタ、表示装置および構造体に関する。
The present invention relates to coloring compositions. More particularly, it relates to a coloring composition used for forming pixels of color filters. The present invention also relates to films, color filters, display devices and structures using the coloring composition.
各種表示装置において、表示画像のカラー化のためにカラーフィルタが一般的に用いられている。例えば、特許文献1には、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59と、青色色材と、黄色色材とを含む着色組成物を用いてカラーフィルタの緑色画素を製造することが記載されている。
In various display devices, color filters are generally used to color display images. For example, in Patent Document 1, C.I. I. A coloring composition comprising Pigment Green 59, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant is described to produce green pixels of a color filter.
カラーフィルタなどに用いられる膜について、近年では耐湿性についての更なる性能の向上が求められている。
In recent years, there has been a demand for further improvements in moisture resistance for films used in color filters and the like.
本発明者の検討によれば、特許文献1に記載された着色組成物においては、得られる膜の耐湿性について更なる改善の余地があることが分かった。
According to the study of the present inventor, it was found that there is room for further improvement in the moisture resistance of the resulting film in the coloring composition described in Patent Document 1.
よって、本発明の目的は、耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる着色組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、着色組成物を用いた膜、構造体、カラーフィルタおよび表示装置を提供することにある。
Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent moisture resistance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, structure, color filter and display device using the colored composition.
本発明者の検討によれば、後述する着色組成物を用いることで上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。本発明は以下を提供する。
According to the study of the present inventor, it was found that the above object can be achieved by using the coloring composition described later, and the present invention was completed. The present invention provides the following.
<1> 着色剤と、樹脂とを含むカラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物であって、
上記着色剤は、
カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36と、
カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:3、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:4、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含み、
上記黄色着色剤中における上記イソインドリン化合物の含有量が50質量%以上である、着色組成物。
<2> 上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、上記イソインドリン化合物を265質量部以上含む<1>に記載の着色組成物。
<3> 上記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185を含む、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 上記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185とカラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139を含む、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<5> 上記着色組成物の全固形分中における上記着色剤の含有量が30~65質量%である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<6> 上記着色組成物は、波長400~700nmの波長の光に対する吸光度のうち、波長526~545nmの範囲に吸光度の最小値を有し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<7> 上記樹脂は、塩基性樹脂、リン酸基を有する樹脂および芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種の樹脂を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<8> 上記樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<9> 更に、重合性モノマーおよび光重合開始剤を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<10> 上記重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基とをする化合物を含む、<9>に記載の着色組成物。
<11> <1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。
<12> <1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られた緑色画素と、
赤色画素と、
青色画素と、を有する構造体。
<13> 上記赤色画素は、400~550nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最大値が5%以下であり、600~700nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最小値は40%以上である、<12>に記載の構造体。
<14> <11>に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。
<15> <11>に記載の膜を有する表示装置。 <1> A coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
The colorant is
color index pigment green 36,
at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound;
a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
A colored composition, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
<2> The colored composition according to <1>, containing 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a.
<3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
<4> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 and Color Index Pigment Yellow 139.
<5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 30 to 65% by mass.
<6> The colored composition has a minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among absorbances for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively,
Any one of <1> to <5>, wherein A 450 /A 650, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm, is 0.40 to 2.00. 1. A coloring composition according to claim 1.
<7> Any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the resin includes at least one resin selected from a basic resin, a resin having a phosphoric acid group, and a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group. coloring composition.
<8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin comprises an alkali-soluble resin.
<9> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, further comprising a polymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator.
<10> The colored composition according to <9>, wherein the polymerizable monomer contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group.
<11> A film obtained using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <10>.
<12> A green pixel obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>;
a red pixel;
A structure having a blue pixel.
<13> The red pixel has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 40% or more for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm. > structure described in.
<14> A color filter having the film according to <11>.
<15> A display device comprising the film according to <11>.
上記着色剤は、
カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36と、
カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:3、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:4、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含み、
上記黄色着色剤中における上記イソインドリン化合物の含有量が50質量%以上である、着色組成物。
<2> 上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、上記イソインドリン化合物を265質量部以上含む<1>に記載の着色組成物。
<3> 上記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185を含む、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 上記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185とカラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139を含む、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<5> 上記着色組成物の全固形分中における上記着色剤の含有量が30~65質量%である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<6> 上記着色組成物は、波長400~700nmの波長の光に対する吸光度のうち、波長526~545nmの範囲に吸光度の最小値を有し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<7> 上記樹脂は、塩基性樹脂、リン酸基を有する樹脂および芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種の樹脂を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<8> 上記樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<9> 更に、重合性モノマーおよび光重合開始剤を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<10> 上記重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基とをする化合物を含む、<9>に記載の着色組成物。
<11> <1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。
<12> <1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られた緑色画素と、
赤色画素と、
青色画素と、を有する構造体。
<13> 上記赤色画素は、400~550nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最大値が5%以下であり、600~700nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最小値は40%以上である、<12>に記載の構造体。
<14> <11>に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。
<15> <11>に記載の膜を有する表示装置。 <1> A coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
The colorant is
color index pigment green 36,
at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound;
a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
A colored composition, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
<2> The colored composition according to <1>, containing 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a.
<3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
<4> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 and Color Index Pigment Yellow 139.
<5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 30 to 65% by mass.
<6> The colored composition has a minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among absorbances for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively,
Any one of <1> to <5>, wherein A 450 /A 650, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm, is 0.40 to 2.00. 1. A coloring composition according to claim 1.
<7> Any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the resin includes at least one resin selected from a basic resin, a resin having a phosphoric acid group, and a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group. coloring composition.
<8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin comprises an alkali-soluble resin.
<9> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, further comprising a polymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator.
<10> The colored composition according to <9>, wherein the polymerizable monomer contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group.
<11> A film obtained using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <10>.
<12> A green pixel obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>;
a red pixel;
A structure having a blue pixel.
<13> The red pixel has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 40% or more for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm. > structure described in.
<14> A color filter having the film according to <11>.
<15> A display device comprising the film according to <11>.
本発明によれば、耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明は、着色組成物を用いた膜、構造体、カラーフィルタおよび表示装置を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent moisture resistance. In addition, the present invention can provide films, structures, color filters, and display devices using the colored composition.
以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の合計質量をいう。
本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい着色剤を意味する。
本明細書において、染料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しやすい着色剤を意味する。
本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により測定したポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not describe substitution and unsubstituted includes not only a group (atomic group) having no substituent but also a group (atomic group) having a substituent. is. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure generally includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In this specification, a numerical range represented by "to" means a range including the numerical values before and after "to" as lower and upper limits.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, a pigment means a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
As used herein, a dye means a colorant that is easily soluble in a solvent.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acryl" represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) ) Allyl” represents both or either of allyl and methallyl, and “(meth)acryloyl” represents both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
As used herein, the term "process" includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
As used herein, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の合計質量をいう。
本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい着色剤を意味する。
本明細書において、染料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しやすい着色剤を意味する。
本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により測定したポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not describe substitution and unsubstituted includes not only a group (atomic group) having no substituent but also a group (atomic group) having a substituent. is. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure generally includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In this specification, a numerical range represented by "to" means a range including the numerical values before and after "to" as lower and upper limits.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, a pigment means a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
As used herein, a dye means a colorant that is easily soluble in a solvent.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acryl" represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) ) Allyl” represents both or either of allyl and methallyl, and “(meth)acryloyl” represents both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
As used herein, the term "process" includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
As used herein, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
<着色組成物>
本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤と、樹脂とを含むカラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物であって、
上記着色剤は、
カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36と、
カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:3、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:4、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含み、
黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン化合物の含有量が50質量%以上であることを特徴とする。 <Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
The colorant is
color index pigment green 36,
at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound;
a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
The content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤と、樹脂とを含むカラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物であって、
上記着色剤は、
カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36と、
カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:3、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:4、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含み、
黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン化合物の含有量が50質量%以上であることを特徴とする。 <Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
The colorant is
color index pigment green 36,
at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound;
a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
The content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.
本発明の着色組成物によれば、耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、以下によるものと推測される。すなわち、本発明の着色組成物上述した所定の着色剤を含むので、製膜時に膜中で着色剤同士の相互作用などにより、着色剤同士のパッキングが密になると推測される。このため、得られる膜の疎水性が高まり、膜中への水分の侵入を抑制することができると推測される。そのため、本発明の着色組成物を用いることで、耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
According to the coloring composition of the present invention, a film with excellent moisture resistance can be formed. Although the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, it is presumed to be due to the following. That is, since the coloring composition of the present invention contains the above-described predetermined coloring agent, it is presumed that the packing of the coloring agents becomes dense due to interaction between the coloring agents in the film during film formation. Therefore, it is presumed that the hydrophobicity of the resulting film is increased, and that the intrusion of moisture into the film can be suppressed. Therefore, by using the coloring composition of the present invention, a film having excellent moisture resistance can be formed.
本発明の着色組成物は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物として用いられるものである。本発明の着色組成物は、表示装置用のカラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。表示装置の種類としては特に限定はないが、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などの有機半導体素子を光源として有する表示装置などが挙げられる。
なお、本明細書において、緑色画素とは、青色と黄色の中間色の色相の画素ことである。緑色画素は、純緑色の画素に限定されず、青みがかった緑色の画素や、黄色みがかった緑色の画素も本件の緑色画素に含まれる。 The coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter. The coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for green pixels of color filters for display devices. The type of display device is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a display device having an organic semiconductor element as a light source, such as an organic electroluminescence display device.
In this specification, a green pixel is a pixel having a hue intermediate between blue and yellow. Green pixels are not limited to pure green pixels, but include bluish green pixels and yellowish green pixels.
なお、本明細書において、緑色画素とは、青色と黄色の中間色の色相の画素ことである。緑色画素は、純緑色の画素に限定されず、青みがかった緑色の画素や、黄色みがかった緑色の画素も本件の緑色画素に含まれる。 The coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter. The coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for green pixels of color filters for display devices. The type of display device is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a display device having an organic semiconductor element as a light source, such as an organic electroluminescence display device.
In this specification, a green pixel is a pixel having a hue intermediate between blue and yellow. Green pixels are not limited to pure green pixels, but include bluish green pixels and yellowish green pixels.
本発明の着色組成物は、波長400~700nmの波長の光に対する吸光度のうち、波長526~545nmの範囲に吸光度の最小値を有し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00であることが好ましい。 The colored composition of the present invention has the minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively,
A 450 /A 650, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm to the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm , is preferably 0.40 to 2.00.
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00であることが好ましい。 The colored composition of the present invention has the minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively,
A 450 /A 650, which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm to the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm , is preferably 0.40 to 2.00.
本発明の着色組成物について、上記吸光度の最小値は、波長528~543nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長530~540nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。
With respect to the colored composition of the present invention, the minimum absorbance is preferably in the wavelength range of 528 to 543 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 530 to 540 nm.
本発明の着色組成物について、上記の吸光度が0.20となる短波長側の波長(以下、波長λ1ともいう)は、色分離性の観点から、波長495~520nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長500~518nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長505~515nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、吸光度が0.20となる長波長側の波長(以下、波長λ2ともいう)は、色分離性の観点から波長555~585nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長560~580nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長565~575nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。
Regarding the colored composition of the present invention, the wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the absorbance is 0.20 (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength λ1) is present in the wavelength range of 495 to 520 nm from the viewpoint of color separation. Preferably, it exists in the wavelength range of 500 to 518 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 505 to 515 nm. In addition, the wavelength on the long wavelength side at which the absorbance is 0.20 (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength λ2) is preferably in the wavelength range of 555 to 585 nm from the viewpoint of color separation, and is in the wavelength range of 560 to 580 nm. It is more preferable to exist, and it is even more preferable to exist in the wavelength range of 565 to 575 nm.
波長λ2と波長λ1との波長差(λ2-λ1)は色分離性の観点から40~80nmであることが好ましく、45~75nmであることがより好ましく、50~70nmであることが更に好ましい。
The wavelength difference (λ2−λ1) between the wavelength λ2 and the wavelength λ1 is preferably 40 to 80 nm, more preferably 45 to 75 nm, even more preferably 50 to 70 nm from the viewpoint of color separation.
本発明の着色組成物について、上記A450/A650の値は、0.50~1.80であることが好ましく、0.70~1.60であることがより好ましく、0.90~1.40であることが更に好ましい。
For the coloring composition of the present invention, the A 450 /A 650 value is preferably 0.50 to 1.80, more preferably 0.70 to 1.60, and 0.90 to 1 .40 is more preferred.
ある波長λにおける吸光度Aλは、以下の式(Ab1)により定義される。
Aλ=-log(Tλ/100) ・・・(Ab1)
Aλは、波長λにおける吸光度であり、Tλは、波長λにおける透過率(%)である。 Absorbance Aλ at a certain wavelength λ is defined by the following formula (Ab1).
Aλ=−log(Tλ/100) (Ab1)
Aλ is the absorbance at wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) at wavelength λ.
Aλ=-log(Tλ/100) ・・・(Ab1)
Aλは、波長λにおける吸光度であり、Tλは、波長λにおける透過率(%)である。 Absorbance Aλ at a certain wavelength λ is defined by the following formula (Ab1).
Aλ=−log(Tλ/100) (Ab1)
Aλ is the absorbance at wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) at wavelength λ.
本発明において、吸光度の値は、溶液の状態で測定した値であってもよく、着色組成物を用いて製膜した膜の値であってもよい。膜の状態で吸光度を測定する場合は、ガラス基板上にスピンコート等の方法によって着色組成物を塗布し、ホットプレート等を用いて100℃、2分間乾燥し、次いで、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて、光照度20mW/cm2、露光量100mJ/cm2の条件で露光し、次いで、100℃のホットプレート上で20分間加熱し、常温まで放冷して得られた厚さ1.5μmの膜を用いて測定することが好ましい。吸光度は従来公知の分光光度計を用いて測定できる。
In the present invention, the absorbance value may be the value measured in the state of solution, or the value of the film formed using the coloring composition. When measuring the absorbance in the state of a film, the coloring composition is applied to the glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, dried using a hot plate or the like at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. 20 mW/cm 2 and 100 mJ/cm 2 exposure, then heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and allowed to cool to room temperature to obtain a 1.5 μm thick film. It is preferable to measure using Absorbance can be measured using a conventionally known spectrophotometer.
本発明の着色組成物は、膜厚が0.6~3.0μmの膜を形成した際に、膜の厚み方向における波長526~545nmの光に対する透過率の最大値は65%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、75%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の波長526~545nmの光に対する平均透過率は60%以上であることが好ましく、65%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の波長450nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の400~450nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、1%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の波長650nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の極大吸収波長は、415~450nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、420~445nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましく、425~440nmの波長範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の透過率が50%を示す波長は、505~530nmの波長範囲と、540~575nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましい。透過率が50%を示す短波長側の波長は、510~525nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、515~520nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率が50%を示す長波長側の波長は、545~565nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、550~555nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention forms a film having a thickness of 0.6 to 3.0 μm, the maximum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm in the thickness direction of the film is 65% or more. is preferred, 70% or more is more preferred, and 75% or more is even more preferred.
In addition, the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
Further, the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
In addition, the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
Further, the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
Further, the maximum absorption wavelength of the film preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. .
Further, it is preferable that the wavelength at which the transmittance of the film is 50% exists in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. The long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
また、上記膜の波長526~545nmの光に対する平均透過率は60%以上であることが好ましく、65%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の波長450nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の400~450nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、1%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の波長650nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の極大吸収波長は、415~450nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、420~445nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましく、425~440nmの波長範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。
また、上記膜の透過率が50%を示す波長は、505~530nmの波長範囲と、540~575nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましい。透過率が50%を示す短波長側の波長は、510~525nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、515~520nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率が50%を示す長波長側の波長は、545~565nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、550~555nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention forms a film having a thickness of 0.6 to 3.0 μm, the maximum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm in the thickness direction of the film is 65% or more. is preferred, 70% or more is more preferred, and 75% or more is even more preferred.
In addition, the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
Further, the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
In addition, the average transmittance of the film to light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
Further, the transmittance of the film to light having a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
Further, the maximum absorption wavelength of the film preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. .
Further, it is preferable that the wavelength at which the transmittance of the film is 50% exists in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. The long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
本発明の着色組成物を用いて膜厚が2.00μm以下(好ましくは1.98μm以下)の膜を形成した際に、この膜についてのC光源を使用して測色した際のCIE(国際照明委員会)のxyz表色系における色度座標が、x=0.170~0.300、y=0.600~0.800であることが好ましい。上記膜の色度座標のxは、0.21~0.30であることが好ましく、0.250~0.300であることがより好ましい。上記膜の色度座標のyは、0.650~0.800であることが好ましく、0.700~0.800であることがより好ましい。
CIE (international The chromaticity coordinates in the xyz color system of the Lighting Commission) are preferably x=0.170 to 0.300 and y=0.600 to 0.800. The chromaticity coordinate x of the film is preferably 0.21 to 0.30, more preferably 0.250 to 0.300. The chromaticity coordinate y of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, more preferably 0.700 to 0.800.
本発明の着色組成物は、全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度(好ましくは、120℃以下の温度)で膜を形成するために用いられるものであることも好ましい。なお、本明細書において全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で膜を形成するとは、着色組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程の全てを150℃以下の温度で行うことを意味する。
It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention be used for forming a film at a temperature of 150°C or less (preferably a temperature of 120°C or less) throughout the entire process. In this specification, forming a film at a temperature of 150° C. or less throughout all steps means performing all the steps of forming a film using a coloring composition at a temperature of 150° C. or less.
本発明の着色組成物によって形成される膜および画素の厚さは、0.5~3.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は0.8μm以上がより好ましく、1.0μm以上がさらに好ましく、1.1μm以上がさらにより好ましい。上限は2.5μm以下がより好ましく、2.0μm以下がさらに好ましく、1.8μm以下がさらにより好ましい。
The thickness of the film and pixels formed from the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.8 μm or more, still more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.
また、本発明の着色組成物によって形成される画素の線幅(パターンサイズ)は、2.0~10.0μmであることが好ましい。上限は7.5μm以下がより好ましく、5.0μm以下がさらに好ましく、4.0μm以下がさらにより好ましい。下限は2.25μm以上がより好ましく、2.5μm以上がさらに好ましく、2.75μm以上がさらにより好ましい。
Further, the line width (pattern size) of pixels formed by the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 2.0 to 10.0 μm. The upper limit is more preferably 7.5 μm or less, even more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 4.0 μm or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2.25 µm or more, even more preferably 2.5 µm or more, and even more preferably 2.75 µm or more.
以下、本発明の着色組成物について詳細に説明する。
The coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail below.
<<着色剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は着色剤を含有する。
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、
カラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントグリーン36と、
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含む。 <<coloring agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent.
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is
Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Green 36;
C. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and at least one coloring agent a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds;
and a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound.
本発明の着色組成物は着色剤を含有する。
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、
カラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントグリーン36と、
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含む。 <<coloring agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent.
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is
Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Green 36;
C. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and at least one coloring agent a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds;
and a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound.
以下、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36と、上述した着色剤aと、黄色着色剤とを合わせて特定着色剤ともいう。
Below, C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, the colorant a described above, and the yellow colorant are collectively referred to as a specific colorant.
着色剤中における特定着色剤の含有量(C.I.ピグメントグリーン36と、上述した着色剤aと、黄色着色剤との合計の含有量)は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に一層好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は100質量%以下とすることができる。着色剤は、実質的に特定着色剤のみであることも好ましい。なお、本明細書において、着色剤は、実質的に特定着色剤のみであるとは、着色剤中における特定着色剤の含有量が99質量%以上であることを意味し、99.9質量%以上であることが好ましく、100質量%であることがより好ましい。
The content of the specific coloring agent in the coloring agent (the total content of C.I. Pigment Green 36, the coloring agent a, and the yellow coloring agent) is preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass. It is more preferably at least 50% by mass, even more preferably at least 60% by mass, even more preferably at least 80% by mass, and at least 90% by mass. It is particularly preferred to have The upper limit can be 100% by mass or less. It is also preferred that the coloring agent is substantially only the specific coloring agent. In the present specification, that the colorant is substantially only the specific colorant means that the content of the specific colorant in the colorant is 99% by mass or more, and is 99.9% by mass. It is preferably 100% by mass or more, and more preferably 100% by mass.
着色剤に含まれる顔料の平均一次粒子径は30~200nmであることが好ましく、30~150nmであることがより好ましく、30~100nmであることが更に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本明細書における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。
The average primary particle size of the pigment contained in the colorant is preferably 30 to 200 nm, more preferably 30 to 150 nm, even more preferably 30 to 100 nm. In addition, in this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in this specification is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
顔料について、CuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5~50nmであることがより好ましく、1~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5~25nmであることが最も好ましい。
For the pigment, the crystallite size obtained from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal face in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. .5 to 50 nm is more preferred, 1 to 30 nm is even more preferred, and 5 to 25 nm is most preferred.
-着色剤a-
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aを含む。着色剤aは、高着色性及び色分離性の観点からC.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4およびC.I.ピグメントブルー16から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3およびC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましい。 -Coloring agent a-
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, and at least one colorant a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds. Colorant a is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 and aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, more preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 is more preferable.
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aを含む。着色剤aは、高着色性及び色分離性の観点からC.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4およびC.I.ピグメントブルー16から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3およびC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましい。 -Coloring agent a-
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, and at least one colorant a selected from naphthalocyanine compounds. Colorant a is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 and aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16, more preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:3 and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:4 is more preferable.
着色剤aとして用いられるアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物は、顔料及び染料のいずれでもよいが、顔料であることが好ましい。すなわち、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物はアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物としては、式(AL1)で表される化合物、および、式(AL2)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(AL1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
式(AL1)中、X1はハロゲン原子を表す;
Z1はヒドロキシ基、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2、-OC(=O)Ra3、-OS(=O)2Ra4または-O-SiRa5Ra6Ra7を表し、Ra1およびRa2はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra1とRa2は互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、Ra3~Ra7はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra5とRa6は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い;
n1は、0~16の整数を表す;
式(AL2)中、X2およびX3はそれぞれ独立してハロゲン原子を表す;
Z2は、-O-SiRa11Ra12-O-、-O-SiRa13Ra14-O-SiRa15Ra16-O-、または-O-P(=O)Ra17-O-を表し、Ra11~Ra17はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表す;
n2およびn3は、それぞれ独立して0~16の整数を表す。 The aluminum phthalocyanine compound used as the colorant a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound is preferably an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include compounds represented by formula (AL1) and compounds represented by formula (AL2), and compounds represented by formula (AL1) are preferred.
In formula (AL1), X 1 represents a halogen atom;
Z 1 represents a hydroxy group, -OP(=O)R a1 R a2 , -OC(=O)R a3 , -OS(=O) 2 R a4 or -O-SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , and R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 may combine with each other to form a ring. R a3 to R a7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a5 and R a6 are bonded to each other. may form a ring;
n1 represents an integer from 0 to 16;
In formula (AL2), X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom;
Z 2 represents -O-SiR a11 R a12 -O-, -O-SiR a13 R a14 -O-SiR a15 R a16 -O-, or -OP(=O)R a17 -O-; R a11 to R a17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group;
n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 16;
Z1はヒドロキシ基、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2、-OC(=O)Ra3、-OS(=O)2Ra4または-O-SiRa5Ra6Ra7を表し、Ra1およびRa2はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra1とRa2は互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、Ra3~Ra7はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra5とRa6は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い;
n1は、0~16の整数を表す;
Z2は、-O-SiRa11Ra12-O-、-O-SiRa13Ra14-O-SiRa15Ra16-O-、または-O-P(=O)Ra17-O-を表し、Ra11~Ra17はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表す;
n2およびn3は、それぞれ独立して0~16の整数を表す。 The aluminum phthalocyanine compound used as the colorant a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound is preferably an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include compounds represented by formula (AL1) and compounds represented by formula (AL2), and compounds represented by formula (AL1) are preferred.
Z 1 represents a hydroxy group, -OP(=O)R a1 R a2 , -OC(=O)R a3 , -OS(=O) 2 R a4 or -O-SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , and R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 may combine with each other to form a ring. R a3 to R a7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a5 and R a6 are bonded to each other. may form a ring;
n1 represents an integer from 0 to 16;
Z 2 represents -O-SiR a11 R a12 -O-, -O-SiR a13 R a14 -O-SiR a15 R a16 -O-, or -OP(=O)R a17 -O-; R a11 to R a17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group;
n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 16;
式(AL1)において、X1が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子および臭素原子であることが好ましく、臭素原子であることがより好ましい。
In formula (AL1), the halogen atom represented by X 1 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, more preferably a bromine atom.
式(AL1)において、n1は、0~16の整数を表し、4~16の整数であることが好ましい。n1は、0であってもよい。
In formula (AL1), n1 represents an integer of 0-16, preferably an integer of 4-16. n1 may be 0.
式(AL1)において、Z1はヒドロキシ基、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2、-OC(=O)Ra3、-OS(=O)2Ra4または-O-SiRa5Ra6Ra7を表し、Ra1およびRa2はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra1とRa2は互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、Ra3~Ra7はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表し、Ra5とRa6は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
In formula (AL1), Z 1 is a hydroxy group, -OP(=O)R a1 R a2 , -OC(=O)R a3 , -OS(=O) 2 R a4 or -O-SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other; A ring may be formed, and each of R a3 to R a7 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group; R a6 may combine with each other to form a ring.
Ra1~Ra7が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表す複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環の複素環基であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環の複素環基であることがより好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子が挙げられ、窒素原子であることが好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~20が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環の複素環基であることが好ましい。複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、塩素、フッ素、臭素等のハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖および分岐のいずれでもよい。
アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 6. Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The alkenyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryl group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The heterocyclic group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and is a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 4 condensed rings. is more preferable. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1-3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group includes a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, preferably a nitrogen atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-18, and more preferably 3-12. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms such as chlorine, fluorine, and bromine, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, hydroxy groups, amino groups, and nitro groups.
The alkoxy groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups may be straight or branched.
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an aryl group, a nitro group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryloxy group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, amino groups, nitro groups, and the like. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
Ra1~Ra7が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表す複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環の複素環基であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環の複素環基であることがより好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子が挙げられ、窒素原子であることが好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~20が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環の複素環基であることが好ましい。複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、塩素、フッ素、臭素等のハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖および分岐のいずれでもよい。
アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
Ra1~Ra7が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 6. Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The alkenyl groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryl group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The heterocyclic group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and is a monocyclic or condensed-ring heterocyclic group having 2 to 4 condensed rings. is more preferable. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1-3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group includes a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, preferably a nitrogen atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-18, and more preferably 3-12. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms such as chlorine, fluorine, and bromine, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, hydroxy groups, amino groups, and nitro groups.
The alkoxy groups represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups may be straight or branched.
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an aryl group, a nitro group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryloxy group represented by R a1 to R a7 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, amino groups, nitro groups, and the like. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
Z1が-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2である場合、Ra1とRa2は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。Ra1とRa2が互いに結合して形成される環は、芳香族環であってもよく、非芳香族環であってもよい。
When Z 1 is —OP(=O)R a1 R a2 , R a1 and R a2 may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
Z1が-O-SiRa5Ra6Ra7である場合、Ra5とRa6は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。これらの基同士が互いに結合して形成される環は、芳香族環であってもよく、非芳香族環であってもよい。
When Z 1 is —O—SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , R a5 and R a6 may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding these groups together may be either an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
式(AL1)のZ1は、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2、-OC(=O)Ra3、-OS(=O)2Ra4であることが好ましく、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2であることがより好ましい。また、-OP(=O)Ra1Ra2におけるRa1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基であることが好ましく、アリールオキシ基であることがより好ましい。
Z 1 in formula (AL1) is preferably -OP(=O)R a1 R a2 , -OC(=O)R a3 , -OS(=O) 2 R a4 , and -OP(=O) More preferably, R a1 R a2 . R a1 and R a2 in —OP(=O)R a1 R a2 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and an aryloxy group. It is more preferable to have
式(AL2)において、X2およびX3が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子および臭素原子であることが好ましく、臭素原子であることがより好ましい。
In formula (AL2), the halogen atoms represented by X2 and X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, preferably a bromine atom. more preferred.
式(AL2)において、n2は、0~16の整数を表し、0~8の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。式(AL2)において、n3は、0~16の整数を表し、0~8の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。
In formula (AL2), n2 represents an integer of 0 to 16, preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and still more preferably 0. In formula (AL2), n3 represents an integer of 0 to 16, preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and still more preferably 0.
式(AL2)において、Z2は、-O-SiRa11Ra12-O-、-O-SiRa13Ra14-O-SiRa15Ra16-O-、または-O-P(=O)Ra17-O-を表し、Ra11~Ra17はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表す。
In formula (AL2), Z 2 is —O—SiR a11 R a12 —O—, —O—SiR a13 R a14 —O—SiR a15 R a16 —O—, or —OP(=O)R a17 represents —O—, and each of R a11 to R a17 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group.
Ra11~Ra17が表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基については、Ra1~Ra7の項で説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。
The alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group represented by R a11 to R a17 includes the groups described in the section of R a1 to R a7 , and the preferred ranges are also the same. .
式(AL2)のZ2は、-O-P(=O)Ra17-O-であることが好ましい。また、Ra17はアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基またはアリールオキシ基であることが好ましく、アリール基であることがより好ましい。
Z 2 in formula (AL2) is preferably -OP(=O)R a17 -O-. R a17 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, more preferably an aryl group.
アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、C.I.ピグメントグリーン62、63などが挙げられる。また、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物の具体例としては、特開2018-105959号公報の段落番号0151~0195に記載のフタロシアニン顔料PCY-1~PCY-42、国際公開第2016/125806号の段落番号0193~0202に記載のフタロシアニン顔料P-1~P-35、PC-1~PC-12、PCY-1~PCY-20が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in the examples below, C.I. I. Pigment Green 62, 63 and the like. Further, specific examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include phthalocyanine pigments PCY-1 to PCY-42 described in paragraph numbers 0151 to 0195 of JP-A-2018-105959, and paragraph numbers 0193 to 0202 of WO 2016/125806. phthalocyanine pigments P-1 to P-35, PC-1 to PC-12, and PCY-1 to PCY-20 described in .
着色剤aとして用いられるナフタロシアニン化合物は、顔料及び染料のいずれでもよいが、顔料であることが好ましい。すなわち、ナフタロシアニン化合物はナフタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、式(nPc1)で表される化合物および式(nPc2)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(nPc1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
式中、Rnp1~Rnp16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、-ORnp101、-COORnp102、-CONHRnp103、-NHCORnp104、-SO2NHRnp105、または、-NRnp106Rnp107を表す。Rnp101~Rnp107は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、または6~10のアリール基を表す。
Mnp1は、配位子を有していてもよい金属原子を表し、金属原子は、マンガン(Mn)、鉄(Fe)、コバルト(Co)、ニッケル(Ni)、銅(Cu)、又は亜鉛(Zn)である。 The naphthalocyanine compound used as the coloring agent a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the naphthalocyanine compound is preferably a naphthalocyanine pigment. The naphthalocyanine compound includes a compound represented by formula (nPc1) and a compound represented by formula (nPc2), preferably a compound represented by formula (nPc1).
In the formula, R np1 to R np16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, —OR np101 , —COOR np102 , —CONHR np103 , —NHCOR np104 , — SO 2 NHR np105 or —NR np106 R np107 . R np101 to R np107 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group of 6-10.
M np1 represents a metal atom that may have a ligand, and the metal atom is manganese (Mn), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), nickel (Ni), copper (Cu), or zinc (Zn).
Mnp1は、配位子を有していてもよい金属原子を表し、金属原子は、マンガン(Mn)、鉄(Fe)、コバルト(Co)、ニッケル(Ni)、銅(Cu)、又は亜鉛(Zn)である。 The naphthalocyanine compound used as the coloring agent a may be either a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment. That is, the naphthalocyanine compound is preferably a naphthalocyanine pigment. The naphthalocyanine compound includes a compound represented by formula (nPc1) and a compound represented by formula (nPc2), preferably a compound represented by formula (nPc1).
M np1 represents a metal atom that may have a ligand, and the metal atom is manganese (Mn), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), nickel (Ni), copper (Cu), or zinc (Zn).
上記アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5. Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
上記アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~5であることがより好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。
上記アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。 The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
上記アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。また、置換基は、複数あっても良い。 The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group may be straight chain or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and nitro groups. Also, there may be a plurality of substituents.
式(nPc2)のMnp1は、銅(Cu)又は亜鉛(Zn)であることが好ましい。
M np1 in formula (nPc2) is preferably copper (Cu) or zinc (Zn).
式(nPc1)および式(nPc2)のRnp1~Rnp16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ニトロ基、アルキル基、-ORnp101、-SO2NHRnp105、または、-NRnp106Rnp107であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
R np1 to R np16 in formula (nPc1) and formula (nPc2) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group, —OR np101 , —SO 2 NHR np105 , or —NR np106 R np107 is preferred, and a hydrogen atom is more preferred.
ナフタロシアニン化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載のナフタロシアニン化合物、特開2021-014547号公報の段落番号0034~0038に記載の化合物a-1~a-55が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the naphthalocyanine compounds described in Examples described later and compounds a-1 to a-55 described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2021-014547.
-黄色着色剤-
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤を含む。以下、黄色着色剤として用いられるイソインドリン化合物をイソインドリン黄色着色剤ともいう。 -Yellow colorant-
Colorants used in the coloring composition of the present invention include yellow colorants containing isoindoline compounds. Hereinafter, an isoindoline compound used as a yellow colorant is also referred to as an isoindoline yellow colorant.
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤を含む。以下、黄色着色剤として用いられるイソインドリン化合物をイソインドリン黄色着色剤ともいう。 -Yellow colorant-
Colorants used in the coloring composition of the present invention include yellow colorants containing isoindoline compounds. Hereinafter, an isoindoline compound used as a yellow colorant is also referred to as an isoindoline yellow colorant.
イソインドリン黄色着色剤は、顔料であることが好ましい。すなわち、イソインドリン黄色着色剤は、イソインドリン黄色顔料であることが好ましい。イソインドリン黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150およびC.I.ピグメントイエロー185が挙げられる。
The isoindoline yellow colorant is preferably a pigment. That is, the isoindoline yellow colorant is preferably an isoindoline yellow pigment. Specific examples of isoindoline yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is mentioned.
イソインドリン黄色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含むものであることが好ましく、より耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができるという理由から、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185とC.I.ピグメントイエロー139を含むものであることがより好ましい。
また、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185とC.I.ピグメントイエロー139とを併用する場合、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139の含有量は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185の100質量部に対して、10~500質量部であることが好ましい。上限は、300質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、50質量部以上であることがより好ましく、100質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。 The isoindoline yellow colorant is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 is more preferred.
Also, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 content is C.I. I. It is preferably 10 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 185. The upper limit is more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or more.
また、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185とC.I.ピグメントイエロー139とを併用する場合、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139の含有量は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185の100質量部に対して、10~500質量部であることが好ましい。上限は、300質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、50質量部以上であることがより好ましく、100質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。 The isoindoline yellow colorant is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is preferable, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 is more preferred.
Also, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 content is C.I. I. It is preferably 10 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 185. The upper limit is more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or more.
黄色着色剤には、イソインドリン黄色着色剤以外の黄色着色剤(他の黄色着色剤ともいう)を含有することができる。
The yellow coloring agent can contain a yellow coloring agent other than the isoindoline yellow coloring agent (also referred to as other yellow coloring agents).
他の黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物などが挙げられる。他の黄色着色剤は、黄色顔料であることが好ましい。他の黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,174,175,176,177,180,181,182,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。
Other yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds. The other yellow colorant is preferably a yellow pigment. Specific examples of other yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 180, 181, 182, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments.
また、他の黄色着色剤として、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
As another yellow colorant, a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used.
黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン黄色着色剤の含有量は、50質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は100質量%以下とすることができる。黄色着色剤は、実質的にイソインドリン黄色着色剤のみであることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、黄色着色剤が実質的にイソインドリン黄色着色剤のみであるとは、黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン黄色着色剤の含有量が99質量%以上であることを意味し、99.9質量%以上であることが好ましく、100質量%であることがより好ましい。
The content of the isoindoline yellow coloring agent in the yellow coloring agent is 50% by mass or more, preferably 65% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass or less. Preferably, the yellow colorant is substantially only isoindoline yellow colorant. In this specification, the phrase that the yellow coloring agent is substantially only the isoindoline yellow coloring agent means that the content of the isoindoline yellow coloring agent in the yellow coloring agent is 99% by mass or more, It is preferably 99.9% by mass or more, more preferably 100% by mass.
-他の着色剤-
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、上述した特定着色剤以外の着色剤(他の着色剤ともいう)を含有することができる。 -Other coloring agents-
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention can contain coloring agents other than the specific coloring agent described above (also referred to as other coloring agents).
本発明の着色組成物に用いられる着色剤は、上述した特定着色剤以外の着色剤(他の着色剤ともいう)を含有することができる。 -Other coloring agents-
The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention can contain coloring agents other than the specific coloring agent described above (also referred to as other coloring agents).
他の着色剤としては、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、紫色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などの有彩色着色剤が挙げられる。他の着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。他の着色剤は、緑色着色剤であることが好ましい。
Other coloring agents include chromatic coloring agents such as green coloring agents, red coloring agents, purple coloring agents, and orange coloring agents. Other colorants may be pigments or dyes. Preferably, the other colorant is a green colorant.
他の着色剤として用いられる緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物およびスクアリリウム化合物が挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,58,59等が挙げられる。
Green colorants used as other colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59 and the like.
赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられる。赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色着色剤、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色着色剤、特開2020-090632号公報の段落番号0229に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、特開2020-079396号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、特開2020-083982号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、特開2018-035345号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、特開2020-066702号公報の段落番号0025~0041に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色着色剤として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。
Examples of red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds. Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments. Further, as a red colorant, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 Pyrrole compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/117965, brominated diketopyrrolo described in JP 2020-085947 Pyrrole compound, naphthol azo compound described in JP-A-2012-229344, red coloring agent described in JP-A-6516119, red coloring agent described in JP-A-6525101, paragraph of JP-A-2020-090632 Brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in No. 0229, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140741, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 -Perylene compounds described in JP-A-079396, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-083982, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2018-035345, paragraph numbers 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702 The described diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and the like can also be used. Also, as a red colorant, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. can also
オレンジ色着色剤しては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。
As an orange coloring agent, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
紫色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。
As a purple colorant, C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
着色剤中における他の着色剤の含有量は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、40質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより一層好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に一層好ましく、5質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
The content of the other coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 40% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less. It is more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
着色組成物の全固形分中における着色剤の含有量は、30~70質量%であることが好ましく、35~70質量%であることがより好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、62質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、45質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更により好ましい。
The content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 30-70% by mass, more preferably 35-70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 62% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 40% by mass or more, still more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more.
着色剤中におけるC.I.ピグメントグリーン36の含有量は10~65質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、55質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以下であることが更により好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、35質量%以上であることが更により好ましく、40質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
C.I. in the coloring agent I. The content of Pigment Green 36 is preferably 10 to 65% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, even more preferably 55% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 35% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more.
着色剤中における上記着色剤aの含有量は2~60質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、25質量%以下であることが更により好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより一層好ましく、15質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、上記着色剤aを5質量部以上含むことが好ましく、10質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、20質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることが好ましく、60質量部以下であることがより好ましく、40質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、35質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the colorant a in the colorant is preferably 2 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, even more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. % by mass or less is particularly preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more of the colorant a is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 . The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 35 parts by mass or less.
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、上記着色剤aを5質量部以上含むことが好ましく、10質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、20質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることが好ましく、60質量部以下であることがより好ましく、40質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、35質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the colorant a in the colorant is preferably 2 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, even more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. % by mass or less is particularly preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more of the colorant a is contained with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 . The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 35 parts by mass or less.
着色剤中における黄色着色剤の含有量は15~70質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、25質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更により好ましく、32質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、黄色着色剤を20質量部以上含むことが好ましく、40質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、60質量部以上含むことが更に好ましく、65質量部以上含むことが特に好ましい。上限は、200質量部以下であることが好ましく、150質量部以下であることがより好ましく、100質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、黄色着色剤を265質量部以上含むことが好ましく、270質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、300質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、700質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、350質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 15 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. It preferably contains 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and 65 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36. is particularly preferred. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
In addition, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more, more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, and further preferably contains 300 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a. preferable. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、黄色着色剤を20質量部以上含むことが好ましく、40質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、60質量部以上含むことが更に好ましく、65質量部以上含むことが特に好ましい。上限は、200質量部以下であることが好ましく、150質量部以下であることがより好ましく、100質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、黄色着色剤を265質量部以上含むことが好ましく、270質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、300質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、700質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、350質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is preferably 15 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. It preferably contains 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and 65 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36. is particularly preferred. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
In addition, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more, more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, and further preferably contains 300 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a. preferable. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
着色剤中におけるイソインドリン化合物(イソインドリン黄色着色剤)の含有量は10~70質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、25質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更により好ましく、32質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、イソインドリン化合物(イソインドリン黄色着色剤)を20質量部以上含むことが好ましく、40質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、60質量部以上含むことが更に好ましく、65質量部以上含むことが特に好ましい。上限は、200質量部以下であることが好ましく、150質量部以下であることがより好ましく、100質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、イソインドリン化合物(イソインドリン黄色着色剤)を265質量部以上含むことが好ましく、270質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、300質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、700質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、350質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) in the coloring agent is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. The isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) is preferably contained in an amount of 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36. , 65 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
In addition, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more of an isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow coloring agent), more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent a. It is more preferable to contain at least parts by mass. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
また、着色組成物は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36の100質量部に対して、イソインドリン化合物(イソインドリン黄色着色剤)を20質量部以上含むことが好ましく、40質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、60質量部以上含むことが更に好ましく、65質量部以上含むことが特に好ましい。上限は、200質量部以下であることが好ましく、150質量部以下であることがより好ましく、100質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、着色組成物は、上記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、イソインドリン化合物(イソインドリン黄色着色剤)を265質量部以上含むことが好ましく、270質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、300質量部以上含むことが更に好ましい。上限は、700質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、350質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) in the coloring agent is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 25% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more.
Moreover, the coloring composition contains C.I. I. The isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) is preferably contained in an amount of 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36. , 65 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
In addition, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more of an isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow coloring agent), more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent a. It is more preferable to contain at least parts by mass. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.
<<樹脂>>
本発明の着色組成物は樹脂を含有する。樹脂は、例えば、顔料を着色組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料を着色組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。分散剤としての樹脂は、分散液の調製時に用いることができる。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。 <<Resin>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition or as a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition is also called a dispersant. A resin as a dispersing agent can be used during the preparation of the dispersion. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
本発明の着色組成物は樹脂を含有する。樹脂は、例えば、顔料を着色組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料を着色組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。分散剤としての樹脂は、分散液の調製時に用いることができる。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。 <<Resin>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition or as a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment in a coloring composition is also called a dispersant. A resin as a dispersing agent can be used during the preparation of the dispersion. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下がより好ましく、500000以下が更に好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、4000以上が更に好ましく、5000以上が更により好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, and even more preferably 5000 or more.
樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載の樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載の樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載のウレア官能基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂を使用することができる。また、樹脂としてガラス転移温度が390℃以上の樹脂を用いることもできる。ガラス転移温度が390℃以上の樹脂の市販品としては、三菱ガス化学(株)製のポリイミドワニスH520などが挙げられる。
Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, and polyarylene ether phosphine oxides. resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, siloxane resins, and the like. In addition, the resin described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, the resin described in paragraph numbers 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, the resin described in JP-A-2017-057265, The resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240, the resin described in JP-A-2020-122052, in particular Resins described in JP-A-2020-111656, resins described in JP-A-2020-139021, alkali-soluble resins having urea functional groups described in JP-A-2020-139021, JP-A-2017-138503 A resin containing a structural unit having a cyclic structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in the publication, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, JP-A-2020-186325 The alkali-soluble resin described in JP-A No. 2002-300050 and the resin represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 can be used. A resin having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher can also be used as the resin. Examples of commercially available resins having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher include polyimide varnish H520 manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. and the like.
本発明で用いる樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むものであることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基などが挙げられる。
The resin used in the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin. A resin having an acid group is preferable as the alkali-soluble resin. Acid groups include phenolic hydroxy groups, carboxyl groups, sulfo groups, phosphoric acid groups, phosphonic acid groups, and the like.
アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、250mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、220mgKOH/g以下が更により好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、マレイミド化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。マレイミド化合物としては、N-アルキルマレイミド、N-アリールマレイミドなどが挙げられる。マレイミド化合物に由来する繰り返し単位としては、式(C-mi)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin may have repeating units derived from a maleimide compound. Maleimide compounds include N-alkylmaleimides and N-arylmaleimides. Repeating units derived from maleimide compounds include repeating units represented by the formula (C-mi).
式(C-mi)において、Rmiはアルキル基またはアリール基を表す。アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれもよい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。Rmiはアリール基であることが好ましい。
In formula (C-mi), Rmi represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20. Alkyl groups may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, even more preferably 6-10. Rmi is preferably an aryl group.
アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin is a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferable that the resin contains
式(ED1)中、R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For details of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Specific examples of the ether dimer can be referred to paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760, the content of which is incorporated herein.
本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂として重合性基を有する樹脂(以下、重合性樹脂ともいう)を用いることが好ましい。重合性樹脂はアルカリ可溶性樹脂であることも好ましい。すなわち、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、重合性基を有する樹脂であることも好ましい。重合性基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基が挙げられる。重合性樹脂を用いることで、より耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
The colored composition of the present invention preferably uses a resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a polymerizable resin) as the resin. It is also preferred that the polymerizable resin is an alkali-soluble resin. That is, the alkali-soluble resin is also preferably a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups. By using a polymerizable resin, it is possible to form a film having more excellent moisture resistance.
本発明で用いられる樹脂は、式(III)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂b1を含有することも好ましい。樹脂b1を用いることで、低温での硬化性に優れ、比較的低温での加熱でも十分に硬化した硬化膜を形成できる。更には、分光特性に優れた硬化膜を形成しやすい。
The resin used in the present invention also preferably contains a resin b1 containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (III). By using the resin b1, it is excellent in curability at low temperatures, and a sufficiently cured film can be formed even by heating at a relatively low temperature. Furthermore, it is easy to form a cured film having excellent spectral characteristics.
式中、R1は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0-15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
式(III)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the compound represented by formula (III) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
樹脂b1の全繰り返し単位中における式(III)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位の割合は、1~99モル%が好ましい。下限は、3モル%以上がより好ましく、5モル%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、95モル%以下がより好ましく、90モル%以下がさらに好ましい。
The proportion of repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (III) in all repeating units of resin b1 is preferably 1 to 99 mol%. The lower limit is more preferably 3 mol % or more, more preferably 5 mol % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95 mol% or less, even more preferably 90 mol% or less.
樹脂b1は、更に、式(III)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。例えば、樹脂b1は、(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位を含むことができ、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのアルキル部位の炭素数は、3~10であることが好ましく、3~8であることがより好ましく、3~6であることがさらに好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの好ましい具体例としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。また、樹脂b1は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。
The resin b1 may further contain repeating units other than the repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (III). For example, resin b1 may contain repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate, and preferably contain repeating units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl portion of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, even more preferably 3-6. Preferred specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl (meth)acrylate. Moreover, it is also preferable that the resin b1 contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
本発明で用いられる樹脂は、ブロックイソシアネート基を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂BIともいう)を含有することも好ましい。この態様によれば、より優れた低温硬化性が得られ、比較的低温での加熱でも十分に硬化した硬化膜を形成できる。
The resin used in the present invention preferably contains a resin having a repeating unit containing a blocked isocyanate group (hereinafter also referred to as resin BI). According to this aspect, more excellent low-temperature curability can be obtained, and a sufficiently cured film can be formed even by heating at a relatively low temperature.
樹脂BIが有するブロックイソシアネート基としては、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましく、70~150℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることがより好ましい。ブロックイソシアネート基としては、イソシアネート基がブロック剤によって化学的に保護された構造の基が挙げられる。ブロックイソシアネート基とは、イソシアネート基がブロック剤といわれる化合物によって保護された構造を有する基であって、常温(例えば、10~30℃)ではイソシアネート基としての反応性は示さないが、加熱等によってブロックイソシアネート基からブロック剤が脱離してイソシアネート基が生成される構造の基である。
The blocked isocyanate group possessed by the resin BI is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, more preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat of 70 to 150°C. preferable. The blocked isocyanate group includes a group having a structure in which the isocyanate group is chemically protected by a blocking agent. A blocked isocyanate group is a group having a structure in which the isocyanate group is protected by a compound called a blocking agent. It is a group having a structure in which a blocking agent is eliminated from a blocked isocyanate group to generate an isocyanate group.
樹脂BIが有するブロックイソシアネート基としては、70~150℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることがより好ましい。すなわち、ブロックイソシアネート基のイソシアネート生成温度(ブロック剤の脱離温度)は、70~150℃であることが好ましい。イソシアネート生成温度の下限は、保存安定性の観点から75℃以上であることがより好ましく、80℃以上であることが更に好ましい。イソシアネート生成温度の上限は、硬化性の観点から130℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以下であることが更に好ましい。
The blocked isocyanate group possessed by the resin BI is more preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heating at 70 to 150°C. That is, the isocyanate formation temperature of the blocked isocyanate group (the desorption temperature of the blocking agent) is preferably 70 to 150°C. From the viewpoint of storage stability, the lower limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 75° C. or higher, and even more preferably 80° C. or higher. From the viewpoint of curability, the upper limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 130° C. or less, and still more preferably 120° C. or less.
ブロックイソシアネート基のイソシアネート基を保護するブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール化合物、イミド化合物など挙げられ、保護反応、及び脱保護反応の容易性の観点からオキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物が好ましく、オキシム化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物がより好ましく、オキシム化合物が更に好ましい。
Blocking agents for protecting isocyanate groups of blocked isocyanate groups include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds, etc. and easiness of the deprotection reaction, preferred are oxime compounds, lactam compounds, active methylene compounds and pyrazole compounds, more preferred are oxime compounds, active methylene compounds and pyrazole compounds, and still more preferred are oxime compounds.
本発明の着色組成物は、塩基性基を有する樹脂を含むことも好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましい。
The coloring composition of the present invention also preferably contains a resin having a basic group. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain. It is more preferably a polymer, and more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group on its side chain and a repeating unit containing no basic group. Resins having basic groups can also be used as dispersants. The amine value of the resin having basic groups is preferably 5-300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
塩基性基を有する樹脂に含まれる塩基性基としては、下記式(am-1)で表される基、下記式(am-2)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include groups represented by the following formula (am-1) and groups represented by the following formula (am-2).
式(am-1)中、Ram1およびRam2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、Ram1とRam2とは結合して環を形成していてもよい;
式(am-2)中、Ram11は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Ram12~Ram19は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。 In formula (am-1), R am1 and R am2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R am1 and R am2 may combine to form a ring;
In formula (am-2), R am11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical, and R am12 to R am19 each independently , represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(am-2)中、Ram11は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Ram12~Ram19は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。 In formula (am-1), R am1 and R am2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R am1 and R am2 may combine to form a ring;
In formula (am-2), R am11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical, and R am12 to R am19 each independently , represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
Ram1、Ram2、Ram11~Ram19が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。
アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R am1 , R am2 and R am11 to R am19 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5.
The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups represented by R am1 , R am2 and R am11 to R am19 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5.
The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
Ram1、Ram2、Ram11~Ram19が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。
The aryl group represented by R am1 , R am2 and R am11 to R am19 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent.
Ram11が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5. An alkoxy group may have a substituent.
Ram11が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12. The aryloxy group may have a substituent.
Ram11が表すアシル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~12が更に好ましい。アシル基は置換基を有していてもよい。
The acyl group represented by R am11 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The acyl group may have a substituent.
塩基性基を有する樹脂については、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1が挙げられる。
For the resin having a basic group, the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP-A-2014-219665, JP-A-2018-156021 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076. and block copolymer A1.
塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。
Commercially available resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38 500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (manufactured by BASF) and the like.
樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In Resin Ac, the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位および式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
式(Ac-1)中、Ar1は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L1は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L2は、2価の連結基を表す。
式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。 Resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, P 10 represents a polymer represents a chain.
式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。 Resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, P 10 represents a polymer represents a chain.
式(Ac-1)においてAr1が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like. Aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
上記式中、Q1は、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH2CH2OCO-、-SO2-、-C(CF3)2-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基または下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
In the above formula, Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
Ar1が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。Ar1が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
式(Ar-13)中、Q1は、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH2CH2OCO-、-SO2-、-C(CF3)2-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はL1との結合位置を表す。 In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
式(Ar-13)中、Q1は、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH2CH2OCO-、-SO2-、-C(CF3)2-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はL1との結合位置を表す。 In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
式(Ac-1)においてL1は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。
In formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
式(Ac-1)においてL2が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L2が表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。
The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include groups in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— are combined, and alkylene groups are preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のAr1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。
In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included. Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、X1はSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基または炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。
In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— is preferred.
式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、X1はSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位およびポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20000が好ましい。下限は1000以上がより好ましい。上限は10000以下がより好ましく、5000以下が更に好ましく、3000以下が更により好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。
P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000. A lower limit of 1000 or more is more preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
P10が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。
The polymer chain represented by P10 may contain a polymerizable group. Polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
樹脂として、リン酸基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。リン酸基を有する樹脂としては、式(P-3-1)で表される樹脂が挙げられる。この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。
式(P-3-1)中、Rp1はアルキレン基を表し、Rp2は水素原子または置換基を表し、nは10~1000の数を表し、yは1~2の数を表す。
It is also preferable to use a resin having a phosphoric acid group as the resin. Resins having a phosphoric acid group include resins represented by formula (P-3-1). This resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
In formula (P-3-1), Rp 1 represents an alkylene group, Rp 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, n represents a number of 10-1000, and y represents a number of 1-2.
Rp1が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、2または3が更に好ましい。Rp1はエチレン基であることが好ましい。
Rp2が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基等が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は5~30が好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましく、分岐状であることがより好ましい。 The alkylene group represented by Rp 1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. Rp 1 is preferably an ethylene group.
Examples of the substituent represented by Rp 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group and the like, preferably an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5-30. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably branched.
Rp2が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基等が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は5~30が好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましく、分岐状であることがより好ましい。 The alkylene group represented by Rp 1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. Rp 1 is preferably an ethylene group.
Examples of the substituent represented by Rp 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group and the like, preferably an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5-30. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably branched.
式(P-3-1)で表される構造の樹脂の重量平均分子量は、2000~50000が好ましく、3000~45000がより好ましく、4000~40000が更に好ましい。
The weight-average molecular weight of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 45,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 40,000.
式(P-3-1)で表される構造の樹脂の酸価は10~200mgKOH/gが好ましく、20~150mgKOH/gがより好ましく、30~120mgKOH/gが更に好ましい。
The acid value of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20-150 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 30-120 mgKOH/g.
本発明の着色組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することができる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましく、実質的に酸基のみからなる樹脂がより好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a resin as a dispersant. Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin in which the amount of acid groups accounts for 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol% is preferable. A resin consisting only of acid groups is more preferable. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g. Further, a basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
分散剤としては、例えば、高分子分散剤〔例えば、ポリアミドアミンとその塩、ポリカルボン酸とその塩、高分子量不飽和酸エステル、変性ポリウレタン、変性ポリエステル、変性ポリ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物〕、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、アルカノールアミン等が挙げられる。高分子分散剤は、その構造から更に直鎖状高分子、末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子に分類することができる。高分子分散剤は、顔料などの粒子表面に吸着し、再凝集を防止するように作用する。そのため、顔料などの粒子表面へのアンカー部位を有する末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子を好ましい構造として挙げることができる。また、特開2011-070156号公報の段落番号0028~0124に記載の分散剤や特開2007-277514号公報に記載の分散剤も好ましく用いられる。
Dispersants include, for example, polymeric dispersants [e.g., polyamidoamine and its salts, polycarboxylic acids and their salts, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, modified polyesters, modified poly(meth)acrylates, (meth) acrylic copolymer, formalin condensate of naphthalene sulfonate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine, and the like. Polymeric dispersants can be further classified into straight-chain polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft-type polymers, and block-type polymers according to their structures. Polymeric dispersants adsorb to the surfaces of particles such as pigments and act to prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft-type polymer, and a block-type polymer having an anchor site to the surface of a particle such as a pigment are preferable structures. Dispersants described in paragraphs 0028 to 0124 of JP-A-2011-070156 and dispersants described in JP-A-2007-277514 are also preferably used.
分散剤にはグラフト共重合体を用いることもできる。グラフト共重合体の詳細は、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0131~0160の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、分散剤には主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むオリゴイミン系共重合体を用いることもできる。オリゴイミン系共重合体については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0174の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、分散剤には、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂を用いることもできる。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。また、分散剤には、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマーなどを用いることもできる。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を分散剤として用いることもできる。
A graft copolymer can also be used as a dispersant. Details of the graft copolymer can be referred to paragraphs 0131 to 0160 of JP-A-2012-137564, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Further, an oligoimine copolymer containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can also be used as the dispersant. Regarding the oligoimine copolymer, the description of paragraphs 0102 to 0174 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. As the dispersant, a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion can also be used. Such resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962. In addition, the dispersant includes polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in WO 2019/125940, and a block copolymer described in JP 2020-066687. A block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688, and the like can also be used. Alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersant.
分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、2001など)、BYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。
Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, Disperbyk-111, 2001, etc.), BYK series, Sol manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. Sparse series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. Ajisper series, and the like. In addition, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
着色組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は5~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
着色組成物の全固形分中におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることがより好ましく、15質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The resin content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one resin, or may contain two or more resins. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
着色組成物の全固形分中におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることがより好ましく、15質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The resin content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one resin, or may contain two or more resins. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有する。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や着色組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤を好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。 <<Solvent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent. An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the applicability of the coloring composition. Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbylate tall acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma-butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有する。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や着色組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤を好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。 <<Solvent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent. An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the applicability of the coloring composition. Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbylate tall acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma-butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような高純度溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。
In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, a ppt (parts per trillion) level solvent may be used, and such a high-purity solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。
Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。
The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率は0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、有機溶剤は過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。
The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably the organic solvent does not substantially contain peroxide.
着色組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、60~95質量%であることが好ましい。上限は90質量%以下であることがより好ましく、87.5質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、85質量%以下であることが更により好ましい。下限は、65質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、75質量%以上であることが更により好ましい。溶剤は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 60-95% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 87.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 65% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, and even more preferably 75% by mass or more. Solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more of them are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
また、本発明の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えばベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、本発明の着色組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶剤として用いられることがあり、残留溶剤として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶剤と同等の沸点を有する溶剤と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した着色組成物の段階いずれの段階でも可能である。
In addition, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the colored composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances. In the present invention, "substantially free of environmentally regulated substances" means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the colored composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less. , is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These comply with environmental regulations such as the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) Regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Law, and the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) Regulations. It is registered as a substance, and the amount used and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as a solvent when producing each component used in the coloring composition of the present invention, and may be mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of safety to humans and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the amount of environmentally regulated substances, there is a method in which the system is heated or decompressed to raise the temperature to the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances or higher, and the environmentally regulated substances are distilled off from the system. In the case of distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to increase the efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from progressing during the vacuum distillation and the intermolecular cross-linking. may These distillation methods are the raw material stage, the reaction product of the raw materials (for example, the resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the colored composition stage produced by mixing these compounds. is possible even at the stage of
<<重合性モノマー>>
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーを含有することが好ましい。重合性モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性モノマーは、ラジカル重合性モノマーであることが好ましい。 <<polymerizable monomer>>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer. Examples of polymerizable monomers include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups. The polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable monomer.
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーを含有することが好ましい。重合性モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性モノマーは、ラジカル重合性モノマーであることが好ましい。 <<polymerizable monomer>>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer. Examples of polymerizable monomers include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups. The polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable monomer.
重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~3000が好ましい。上限は、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。
The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100-3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, even more preferably 250 or more.
重合性モノマーのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基価(以下、C=C価という)は、着色組成物の経時安定性の観点から2~14mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、3mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、4mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましく、5mmol/g以上であることが更により好ましい。上限は12mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、10mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましく、8mmol/g以下であることが更により好ましい。重合性モノマーのC=C価は、重合性モノマーの1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数を重合性モノマーの分子量で割ることで算出した値である。
The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as C=C value) of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of the stability of the colored composition over time. The lower limit is more preferably 3 mmol/g or more, still more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 12 mmol/g or less, even more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of a polymerizable monomer is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable monomer by the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer.
重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を4個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。この態様によれば、露光による着色組成物の硬化性が良好である。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基の上限は、着色組成物の経時安定性の観点から15個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、6個以下であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性モノマーは、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましく、3~10官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが特に好ましい。
The polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. According to this aspect, the curability of the colored composition by exposure is good. The upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, from the viewpoint of the stability of the colored composition over time. Further, the polymerizable monomer is preferably a trifunctional or higher (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a tri- to fifteen-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a tri- to ten-functional (meth)acrylate compound. is more preferred, and tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compounds are particularly preferred.
重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基とを含む化合物(以下、AOモノマーともいう)であることも好ましい。AOモノマーを用いることで、アルカリ現像液などの現像液との親和性が向上させることができる。このため、着色組成物を用いて形成した着色組成物層をパターン状に露光し、未露光部の着色組成物層をアルカリ現像液などの現像液を用いて除去して画素を形成する際に、未露光部の着色組成物層を効率よく除去することができ、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制することができる。
The polymerizable monomer is also preferably a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an AO monomer). By using the AO monomer, affinity with a developer such as an alkaline developer can be improved. For this reason, when forming pixels by exposing a coloring composition layer formed using a coloring composition in a pattern and removing the coloring composition layer in the unexposed area using a developer such as an alkaline developer, , the colored composition layer in the unexposed areas can be removed efficiently, and the generation of development residues can be more effectively suppressed.
AOモノマーの1分子中に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基の数は、3個以上であることが好ましく、4個以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、着色組成物の経時安定性の観点から20個以下が好ましい。
The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in one molecule of the AO monomer is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more. The upper limit is preferably 20 or less from the viewpoint of the stability of the colored composition over time.
AOモノマーとしては、下記式(AO-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
式中A1は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を表し、L1は単結合または2価の連結基を表し、R1は、アルキレン基を表し、mは1~30の整数を表し、nは3以上の整数を表し、L2はn価の連結基を表す。
Examples of AO monomers include compounds represented by the following formula (AO-1).
In the formula, A 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1 to 30, n represents an integer of 3 or more, and L2 represents an n-valent linking group.
A1が表すエチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group represented by A 1 include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group, with a (meth)acryloyl group being preferred.
L1が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。
The divalent linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and groups in which two or more of these are combined. . The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R1が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましく、2または3が特に好ましく、2が最も好ましい。R1が表すアルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。R1が表すアルキレン基の具体例は、エチレン基、直鎖または分岐のプロピレン基などが挙げられ、エチレン基が好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly preferably 2 or 3, and most preferably 2. The alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. Specific examples of the alkylene group represented by R 1 include an ethylene group and a linear or branched propylene group, with an ethylene group being preferred.
mは、1~30の整数を表し、1~20の整数が好ましく、1~10の整数がより好ましく、1~5が更に好ましい。
m represents an integer of 1 to 30, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 5.
nは3以上の整数を表し、4以上の整数が好ましい。nの上限は15以下の整数が好ましく、10以下の整数がより好ましく、6以下の整数が更に好ましい。
n represents an integer of 3 or more, preferably an integer of 4 or more. The upper limit of n is preferably an integer of 15 or less, more preferably an integer of 10 or less, and even more preferably an integer of 6 or less.
L2が表すn価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環基およびこれらの組み合わせからなる基、ならびに、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基および複素環基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-および-NH-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。複素環基は、非芳香族の複素環基であってもよく、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。複素環基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の種類は窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。L2が表すn価の連結基は、多官能アルコールから誘導される基であることも好ましい。
The n-valent linking group represented by L 2 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, a group consisting of a combination thereof, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a heterocyclic group. A group formed by combining at least one selected from cyclic groups with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO- and -NH- may be mentioned. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10. The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Types of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1-3. The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed. The n-valent linking group represented by L2 is also preferably a group derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
AOモノマーとしては、下記式(AO-2)で表される化合物がより好ましい。
式中R2は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R1は、アルキレン基を表し、mは1~30の整数を表し、nは3以上の整数を表し、L2はn価の連結基を表す。式(AO-2)のR1、L2、m、nは、式(AO-1)のR1、L2、m、nと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
As the AO monomer, a compound represented by the following formula (AO-2) is more preferable.
In the formula, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1 to 30, n represents an integer of 3 or more, and L 2 represents an n-valent linking group. show. R 1 , L 2 , m and n in formula (AO-2) have the same meanings as R 1 , L 2 , m and n in formula (AO-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
AOモノマーの市販品としては、KAYARAD T-1420(T)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Commercially available AO monomers include KAYARAD T-1420 (T) and RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
重合性モノマーとしては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性モノマーとしては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックス M-402(東亞合成(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。
Polymerizable monomers include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and their (meth)acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues Compounds of conjugated structures (eg SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer) are preferred. Further, as the polymerizable monomer, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester A -TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix M-402 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., A mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH- 1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like can also be used.
重合性モノマーとしては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of polymerizable monomers include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol. It is also preferred to use a trifunctional (meth)acrylate compound such as tri(meth)acrylate. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.
重合性モノマーとしては、酸基を有する重合性モノマーを用いることもできる。酸基を有する重合性モノマーを用いることで、現像時に未露光部の着色組成物が除去されやすく、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸基を有する重合性モノマーの市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。酸基を有する重合性モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、より好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性モノマーの酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。
A polymerizable monomer having an acid group can also be used as the polymerizable monomer. By using a polymerizable monomer having an acid group, the colored composition in the unexposed area can be easily removed during development, and generation of development residue can be suppressed. The acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferred. Commercially available polymerizable monomers having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). The acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is preferably 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, more preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable monomer is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility in the developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling.
重合性モノマーとしては、カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性モノマーを用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性モノマーは、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。
A polymerizable monomer having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the polymerizable monomer. Polymerizable monomers having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. under the KAYARAD DPCA series, including DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60 and DPCA-120.
重合性モノマーとしては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性モノマーを用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する重合性モノマーの市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。
A polymerizable monomer having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the polymerizable monomer. Commercially available polymerizable monomers having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomers having a fluorene skeleton).
重合性モノマーとしては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。
As the polymerizable monomer, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
重合性モノマーとしては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性モノマーを用いることも好ましい。また、重合性モノマーは、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。
Examples of polymerizable monomers include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, JP-B-02-016765, Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable. It is also preferable to use a polymerizable monomer having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in its molecule, which is described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-01-105238. Further, the polymerizable monomers include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性モノマーの含有量は5~60質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、40質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
着色組成物の全固形分中における上述したAOモノマーの含有量は5~60質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、40質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
着色組成物に含まれる重合性モノマー中におけるAOモノマーの含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、40~100質量%であることがより好ましく、60~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性モノマーを2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
The content of the above-described AO monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
The content of the AO monomer in the polymerizable monomer contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 40 to 100% by mass, and 60 to 100% by mass. More preferred.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more polymerizable monomers. When two or more polymerizable monomers are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
着色組成物の全固形分中における上述したAOモノマーの含有量は5~60質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、40質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
着色組成物に含まれる重合性モノマー中におけるAOモノマーの含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、40~100質量%であることがより好ましく、60~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性モノマーを2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
The content of the above-described AO monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
The content of the AO monomer in the polymerizable monomer contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 40 to 100% by mass, and 60 to 100% by mass. More preferred.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more polymerizable monomers. When two or more polymerizable monomers are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。 <<Photoinitiator>>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
本発明の着色組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。 <<Photoinitiator>>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物、フェニルグリオキシレート化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、オキシム化合物、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物であることがより好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, phenylglyoxylate compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from oxime compounds, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, and more preferably an oxime compound. . Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, the peroxide photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A-2020-055992. An aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2013-190459, a polymer described in JP-A-2020-172619, and International Publication No. 2020/152120. and the compounds of Formula 1 described, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
フェニルグリオキシレート化合物としては、フェニルグリオキシリックアシッドメチルエステルなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Omnirad MBF(IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure MBF(BASF社製)などが挙げられる。
Phenylglyoxylate compounds include phenylglyoxylic acid methyl esters. Commercially available products include Omnirad MBF (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and Irgacure MBF (manufactured by BASF).
アシルホスフィン化合物としては、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィン化合物が挙げられる。具体例としては、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルフォスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。
Acylphosphine compounds include acylphosphine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898. Specific examples include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
アミノアルキルフェノン化合物としては、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアルキルフェノン化合物が挙げられる。また、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of aminoalkylphenone compounds include aminoalkylphenone compounds described in JP-A-10-291969. Commercially available aminoalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, and Irgacure 36. 9E, Irgacure 379 , and Irgacure 379EG (manufactured by BASF).
ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物としては、下記式(V)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
式中Rv1は、置換基を表し、Rv2およびRv3は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Rv2とRv3とが互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、mは0~5の整数を表す。
Examples of hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (V).
In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, m represents an integer of 0 to 5;
Rv1が表す置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基)が挙げられる。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。Rv1が表すアルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基や、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する基などが挙げられる。ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する基としては、式(V)におけるRv1が結合したベンゼン環またはRv1から水素原子を1個除去した構造の基が挙げられる。
The substituent represented by Rv 1 includes an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) and an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Alkyl groups and alkoxy groups are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include a hydroxy group and a group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure. The group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure includes a group having a structure obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the benzene ring to which Rv 1 in formula (V) is bonded or from Rv 1 .
Rv2およびRv3は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10のアルキル基)が好ましい。また、Rv2とRv3は互いに結合して環(好ましくは炭素数4~8の環、より好ましくは、炭素数4~8の脂肪族環)を形成していてもよい。アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
Rv2 and Rv3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent, an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferred. Also, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may combine with each other to form a ring (preferably a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms). The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
式(V)で表される化合物の具体例としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V) include the following compounds.
ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。
Commercially available hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF made), etc.
オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in WO 2015/152153, WO 2017 / 051680, compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in WO 2013/167515, etc. is mentioned. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy and imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by Co., Ltd.). Photopolymerization initiator 2) described in JP-A-2012-014052 manufactured by ADEKA. As the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831 and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. be done.
光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。
An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。
An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。
An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
本発明では、光重合開始剤として、メタノール中での波長365nmの吸光係数が1.0×102mL/g・cmを超える光重合開始剤A1と、メタノール中での波長365nmの吸光係数が1.0×102mL/g・cm以下で、かつ、波長254nmの吸光係数が1.0×103mL/g・cm以上の光重合開始剤A2と、を併用することも好ましい。この態様によれば、露光によって着色組成物を十分に硬化させやすく、低温プロセス(例えば全工程を通じて150℃以下、好ましくは120℃以下の温度下でのプロセス)にて、平坦性が良好で、かつ、耐光性および耐湿性などの特性にも優れた画素を形成することができる。光重合開始剤A1および光重合開始剤A2としては、上述した化合物のなかから上記の吸光係数を有する化合物を選択して用いることが好ましい。
In the present invention, as photopolymerization initiators, a photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm exceeding 1.0 × 10 2 mL/g cm, and an absorption coefficient in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm It is also preferable to use together a photopolymerization initiator A2 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm or less and an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more at a wavelength of 254 nm. According to this aspect, it is easy to sufficiently cure the colored composition by exposure, and in a low-temperature process (for example, a process at a temperature of 150° C. or less, preferably 120° C. or less throughout the entire process), the flatness is good, In addition, it is possible to form pixels having excellent properties such as light resistance and moisture resistance. As the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, it is preferable to select and use a compound having the above absorption coefficient from among the above compounds.
なお、本発明において、光重合開始剤の上記波長における吸光係数は、以下のようにして測定した値である。すなわち、光重合開始剤をメタノールに溶解させて測定溶液を調製し、前述の測定溶液の吸光度を測定することで算出した。具体的には、前述の測定溶液を幅1cmのガラスセルに入れ、Agilent Technologies社製UV-Vis-NIRスペクトルメーター(Cary5000)を用いて吸光度を測定し、下記式に当てはめて、波長365nmおよび波長254nmにおける吸光係数(mL/g・cm)を算出した。
上記式においてεは吸光係数(mL/g・cm)、Aは吸光度、cは光重合開始剤の濃度(g/mL)、lは光路長(cm)を表す。
In the present invention, the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator at the above wavelength is a value measured as follows. That is, it was calculated by dissolving a photopolymerization initiator in methanol to prepare a measurement solution and measuring the absorbance of the above-mentioned measurement solution. Specifically, the measurement solution described above is placed in a glass cell with a width of 1 cm, the absorbance is measured using an Agilent Technologies UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer (Cary 5000), and the following formula is applied to the wavelength 365 nm and the wavelength The extinction coefficient (mL/g·cm) at 254 nm was calculated.
In the above formula, ε is the extinction coefficient (mL/g·cm), A is the absorbance, c is the concentration of the photopolymerization initiator (g/mL), and l is the optical path length (cm).
光重合開始剤A1のメタノール中での波長365nmにおける吸光係数は、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが好ましく、2.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより好ましく、3.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが更に好ましく、5.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより一層好ましく、1.0×104mL/g・cm以上であることが特に好ましい。
また、光重合開始剤A1のメタノール中での波長254nmの光の吸光係数は、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが好ましく、1.5×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより好ましく、3.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが更に好ましく、1.0×104mL/g・cm以上であることがより一層好ましい。上限は、1.0×105mL/g・cm以下であることが好ましく、9.5×104mL/g・cm以下であることがより好ましく、8.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが更に好ましい。 The absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 1.0 × 10 3 mL/g cm or more, and is 2.0 × 10 3 mL/g cm or more. is more preferably 3.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, even more preferably 5.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and 1.0×10 4 mL /g·cm or more is particularly preferable.
In addition, the absorption coefficient of light having a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, more preferably 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm. It is more preferably 3.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and even more preferably 1.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.0×10 5 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 9.5×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and 8.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less. cm or less is more preferable.
また、光重合開始剤A1のメタノール中での波長254nmの光の吸光係数は、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが好ましく、1.5×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより好ましく、3.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることが更に好ましく、1.0×104mL/g・cm以上であることがより一層好ましい。上限は、1.0×105mL/g・cm以下であることが好ましく、9.5×104mL/g・cm以下であることがより好ましく、8.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが更に好ましい。 The absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 1.0 × 10 3 mL/g cm or more, and is 2.0 × 10 3 mL/g cm or more. is more preferably 3.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, even more preferably 5.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and 1.0×10 4 mL /g·cm or more is particularly preferable.
In addition, the absorption coefficient of light having a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, more preferably 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm. It is more preferably 3.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and even more preferably 1.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.0×10 5 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 9.5×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and 8.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less. cm or less is more preferable.
光重合開始剤A1としては、オキシム化合物、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物またはアシルホスフィン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物またはアミノアルキルフェノン化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。
光重合開始剤A1の具体例としては、上記のオキシム化合物の具体例で示した化合物(C-7)、化合物(C-8)、化合物(C-13)、化合物(C-14)、化合物(C-15)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、オキシム化合物であるBASF社製のIrgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、アシルホスフィン化合物であるIGM Resins B.V.社製のOmnirad 819、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物であるIGM Resins B.V.社製のOmnirad 379などが挙げられる。 The photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably an oxime compound, an aminoalkylphenone compound or an acylphosphine compound, more preferably an oxime compound or an aminoalkylphenone compound, and still more preferably an oxime compound.
Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include the compound (C-7), the compound (C-8), the compound (C-13), the compound (C-14), and the compound shown in the specific examples of the oxime compound above. (C-15) and the like. Commercially available products include, for example, Irgacure OXE01 and Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF, which are oxime compounds, and IGM Resins B., which is an acylphosphine compound. V. Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM, Inc., and IGM Resins, an aminoalkylphenone compound. V. and Omnirad 379 manufactured by the company.
光重合開始剤A1の具体例としては、上記のオキシム化合物の具体例で示した化合物(C-7)、化合物(C-8)、化合物(C-13)、化合物(C-14)、化合物(C-15)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、オキシム化合物であるBASF社製のIrgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、アシルホスフィン化合物であるIGM Resins B.V.社製のOmnirad 819、アミノアルキルフェノン化合物であるIGM Resins B.V.社製のOmnirad 379などが挙げられる。 The photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably an oxime compound, an aminoalkylphenone compound or an acylphosphine compound, more preferably an oxime compound or an aminoalkylphenone compound, and still more preferably an oxime compound.
Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include the compound (C-7), the compound (C-8), the compound (C-13), the compound (C-14), and the compound shown in the specific examples of the oxime compound above. (C-15) and the like. Commercially available products include, for example, Irgacure OXE01 and Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF, which are oxime compounds, and IGM Resins B., which is an acylphosphine compound. V. Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM, Inc., and IGM Resins, an aminoalkylphenone compound. V. and Omnirad 379 manufactured by the company.
光重合開始剤A2のメタノール中での波長365nmの光の吸光係数は、1.0×102mL/g・cm以下であり、10~1.0×102mL/g・cmであることが好ましく、20~1.0×102mL/g・cmであることがより好ましい。
また、光重合開始剤A1のメタノール中での波長365nmの光の吸光係数と、光重合開始剤A2のメタノール中での波長365nmの光の吸光係数との差は、0.5×102mL/g・cm以上であることが好ましく、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより好ましく、1.5×103mL/g・cm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、5.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが好ましく、3.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、光重合開始剤A2のメタノール中での波長254nmの光の吸光係数は、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であり、1.0×103~1.0×106mL/g・cmであることが好ましく、5.0×103~1.0×105mL/g・cmであることがより好ましい。 The absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm or less, and 10 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm. is preferred, and 20 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm is more preferred.
Further, the difference between the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 0.5×10 2 mL. /g·cm or more, more preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and even more preferably 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 3.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and 2.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less. cm or less is more preferable.
In addition, the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and is 1.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 6 mL. /g·cm, more preferably 5.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 5 mL/g·cm.
また、光重合開始剤A1のメタノール中での波長365nmの光の吸光係数と、光重合開始剤A2のメタノール中での波長365nmの光の吸光係数との差は、0.5×102mL/g・cm以上であることが好ましく、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であることがより好ましく、1.5×103mL/g・cm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、5.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが好ましく、3.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0×104mL/g・cm以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、光重合開始剤A2のメタノール中での波長254nmの光の吸光係数は、1.0×103mL/g・cm以上であり、1.0×103~1.0×106mL/g・cmであることが好ましく、5.0×103~1.0×105mL/g・cmであることがより好ましい。 The absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm or less, and 10 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm. is preferred, and 20 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm is more preferred.
Further, the difference between the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 0.5×10 2 mL. /g·cm or more, more preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and even more preferably 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 3.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and 2.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less. cm or less is more preferable.
In addition, the absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and is 1.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 6 mL. /g·cm, more preferably 5.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 5 mL/g·cm.
光重合開始剤A2としては、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物、フェニルグリオキシレート化合物またはアシルホスフィン化合物であることが好ましく、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物またはフェニルグリオキシレート化合物であることがより好ましく、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物としては、上述した式(V)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤A2の具体例としては、上述した式(V)で表される化合物の具体例として示した構造の化合物が挙げられる。また、光重合開始剤IBの市販品としては、ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物であるIGM Resins B.V.社製のOmnirad 184、Omnirad 2959などが挙げられる。
The photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, a phenylglyoxylate compound or an acylphosphine compound, more preferably a hydroxyalkylphenone compound or a phenylglyoxylate compound, and a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. It is even more preferable to have Moreover, the hydroxyalkylphenone compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (V) described above. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A2 include compounds having structures shown as specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V) above. In addition, as a commercial product of the photopolymerization initiator IB, IGM Resins B., which is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, is available. V. Omnirad 184 and Omnirad 2959 manufactured by the company.
光重合開始剤A1と光重合開始剤A2との組み合わせとしては、光重合開始剤A1がアミノアルキルフェノン化合物またはオキシム化合物であり、光重合開始剤A2がヒドロキシアルキルフェノン化合物である組み合わせが好ましく、光重合開始剤A1がアミノアルキルフェノン化合物またはオキシム化合物であり、光重合開始剤A2が上述した式(V)で表される化合物である組み合わせがより好ましい。
The combination of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably a combination in which the photopolymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. A combination in which the polymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is the compound represented by the formula (V) is more preferable.
着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は、1~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、12.5質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。光重合開始剤は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合には、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 12.5% by mass or less. The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤として上述した光重合開始剤A1を用いた場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤A1の含有量は1~15質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、12.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the photopolymerization initiator A1 described above is used as a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 to 15% by mass. is preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 12.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤として上述した光重合開始剤A2を用いた場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤A2の含有量は1~10質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、7.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、5.0質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the photopolymerization initiator A2 described above is used as a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 to 10% by mass. is preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤として上述した光重合開始剤A1と光重合開始剤A2とを用いた場合、本発明の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤A1の100質量部に対して光重合開始剤A2を20~200質量部含有することが好ましい。上限は、175質量部以下であることがより好ましく、150質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、25質量部以上であることがより好ましく、30質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、低温プロセス(例えば全工程を通じて150℃以下、好ましくは120℃以下の温度下でのプロセス)にて耐光性などの特性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。光重合開始剤A1および光重合開始剤A2をそれぞれ2種以上併用する場合には、それぞれの合計量が上記要件を満たすことが好ましい。
In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 described above are used as photopolymerization initiators, the coloring composition of the present invention contains 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A1. On the other hand, it is preferable to contain 20 to 200 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A2. The upper limit is more preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. According to this aspect, a cured film having excellent properties such as light resistance can be formed by a low-temperature process (for example, a process at a temperature of 150° C. or lower, preferably 120° C. or lower throughout the entire process). When two or more types of photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used in combination, the total amount of each preferably satisfies the above requirements.
本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤として上述した光重合開始剤A1と光重合開始剤A2とを用いた場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤A1と光重合開始剤A2との合計の含有量は、1~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、12.5質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
In the coloring composition of the present invention, when using the photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 described above as a photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiation in the total solid content of the coloring composition The total content with agent A2 is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 12.5% by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤として光重合開始剤A1および光重合開始剤A2以外の光重合開始剤(以下、他の光重合開始剤ともいう)を含有することもできるが、他の光重合開始剤は実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。他の光重合開始剤を実質的に含有しない場合とは、他の光重合開始剤の含有量が、光重合開始剤A1と光重合開始剤A2との合計100質量部に対して1質量部以下であることを意味し、0.5質量部以下であることがより好ましく、0.1質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、他の光重合開始剤を含有しないことが一層好ましい。
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain photopolymerization initiators other than photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 (hereinafter also referred to as other photopolymerization initiators) as photopolymerization initiators, It is preferred that substantially no other photopolymerization initiator is contained. When the other photoinitiator is not substantially contained, the content of the other photoinitiator is 1 part by mass with respect to the total 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator A1 and the photoinitiator A2 It is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably does not contain other photopolymerization initiators.
<<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>>
本発明の着色組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基およびオキセタニル基が挙げられ、エポキシ基であることが好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、1分子内に環状エーテル基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。環状エーテル基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。環状エーテル基の数の下限は、2個以上がより好ましい。 <<Compound Having a Cyclic Ether Group>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. The cyclic ether group includes an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, preferably an epoxy group. Compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having 1 to 100 cyclic ether groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of cyclic ether groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of cyclic ether groups is more preferably two or more.
本発明の着色組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基およびオキセタニル基が挙げられ、エポキシ基であることが好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、1分子内に環状エーテル基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。環状エーテル基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。環状エーテル基の数の下限は、2個以上がより好ましい。 <<Compound Having a Cyclic Ether Group>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. The cyclic ether group includes an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, preferably an epoxy group. Compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having 1 to 100 cyclic ether groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of cyclic ether groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of cyclic ether groups is more preferably two or more.
環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、樹脂の場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がより好ましく、5000以下が更に好ましく、3000以下が更により好ましい。なお、本明細書において、環状エーテル基を有する樹脂タイプの化合物(環状エーテル基を有する樹脂)は、樹脂に該当する成分である。環状エーテル基を有する樹脂タイプの化合物としては、環状エーテル基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。
A compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular-weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a high-molecular-weight compound (macromolecule) (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more; in the case of a resin, a weight-average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. In this specification, a resin-type compound having a cyclic ether group (a resin having a cyclic ether group) is a component corresponding to a resin. Resin-type compounds having a cyclic ether group include resins containing repeating units having a cyclic ether group.
環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036に記載された化合物、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156に記載された化合物、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
As the compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147-0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, JP 2014 The compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、デナコール EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、サイクロマーP ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上、三菱ケミカル(株)製)、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)、アデカグリシロール ED-505((株)ADEKA製、エポキシ基含有モノマー)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上、東亞合成(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)などが挙げられる。
Commercial products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include Denacol EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX-850L, EX -850 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC -7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, PB 4700 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) Daicel), Cychromer P ACA 200M, ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), jER1031S, jER157S65, jER152, jER154, jER157S70 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), ADEKA GLYCIROL ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing monomer), Proof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group containing polymer), OXT-101, OXT-121, OXT-212, OXT-221 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), and the like.
着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、1質量%以上であることがより好ましく、2質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、重合性モノマーの100質量部に対して1~400質量部であることが好ましく、1~100質量部であることがより好ましく、1~50質量部であることが更に好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合には、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and even more preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. Further, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 1 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable monomer, and 1 to 50 parts by mass. Part is more preferred. The compounds having a cyclic ether group may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体は例えば分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、着色組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。 <<Pigment derivative>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersing aids. A dispersing aid is a material for enhancing dispersibility of a pigment in a coloring composition.
本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体は例えば分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、着色組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。 <<Pigment derivative>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersing aids. A dispersing aid is a material for enhancing dispersibility of a pigment in a coloring composition.
顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。
Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, and a pyrrolopyrrole dye. skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton, An isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, a pyrromethene dye skeleton, and the like are included.
酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li+、Na+、K+など)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSO2RX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SO2NHSO2RX3、-CONHSO2RX4、-CONHCORX5または-SO2NHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SO2NHSO2RX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。
The acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable. As the sulfonic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable. The imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or —SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。
Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。
A pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used as the pigment derivative. The maximum value (εmax) of the molar absorption coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative is preferably 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, and 1000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less. is more preferable, and 100 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less is even more preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more, and may be 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more.
顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183、特開2003-081972号公報、特許第5299151号公報、特開2015-172732号公報、特開2014-199308号公報、特開2014-085562号公報、特開2014-035351号公報、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載のチオール連結基を有するジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩が挙げられる。
Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961. , JP-A-03-026767, JP-A-03-153780, JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669, JP-A-06-145546, JP-A-06-212088, Patent JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of WO 2012/102399 , Paragraph No. 0082 of International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph No. 0171 of JP 2015-151530, Paragraph No. 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065, JP 2003-081972, Patent No. 5299151 JP, JP 2015-172732, JP 2014-199308, JP 2014-085562, JP 2014-035351, compounds described in JP 2008-081565, International Publication No. 2020/002106, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds having a thiol linking group, and benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP-A-2018-168244.
顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対し、0.1~30質量部が好ましい。この範囲の下限は、0.25質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.75質量部以上であることが特に好ましく、1質量部以上であることが一層好ましい。また、この範囲の上限は、25質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、15質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。顔料誘導体の含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、着色組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit of this range is more preferably 0.25 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more. More preferably. The upper limit of this range is more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15 parts by mass or less. When the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
<<ポリアルキレンイミン>>
本発明の着色組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば分散助剤として用いられる。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。 <<Polyalkyleneimine>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain a polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids. Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The alkyleneimine preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 carbon atoms.
本発明の着色組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば分散助剤として用いられる。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。 <<Polyalkyleneimine>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain a polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids. Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The alkyleneimine preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 carbon atoms.
ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100000以下であることが好ましく、50000以下であることがより好ましく、10000以下であることが更に好ましく、2000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。
The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. Regarding the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine, when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. When the boiling point elevation method cannot be used or the measurement is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when the viscosity method cannot be measured or the measurement by the viscosity method is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。
The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。
Specific examples of alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more. Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
着色組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は0.1~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更により好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、4質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下であることが更により好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量部以上であることが更により好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、8質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. Also, the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーの反応を促進させたり、硬化温度を下げる目的で、硬化促進剤を添加してもよい。硬化促進剤としては、分子内に2個以上のメルカプト基を有する多官能チオール化合物などが挙げられる。多官能チオール化合物は安定性、臭気、解像性、現像性、密着性等の改良を目的として添加してもよい。また、硬化促進剤は、メチロール系化合物(例えば特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246において、架橋剤として例示されている化合物)、アミン類、ホスホニウム塩、アミジン塩、アミド化合物(以上、例えば特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186に記載の硬化剤)、塩基発生剤(例えば、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物)、シアネート化合物(例えば、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071に記載の化合物)、アルコキシシラン化合物(例えば、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物)、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0216に酸発生剤として例示されている化合物、特開2009-180949号公報に記載の化合物)などを用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は、0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。 <<Curing accelerator>>
A curing accelerator may be added to the coloring composition of the present invention for the purpose of accelerating the reaction of the polymerizable monomer or lowering the curing temperature. Examples of curing accelerators include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule. A polyfunctional thiol compound may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion and the like. In addition, curing accelerators include methylol compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph number 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example Curing agent described in paragraph number 0186 of JP-A-2013-041165), a base generator (e.g., an ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-055114), a cyanate compound (e.g., JP-A-2012-150180 Compounds described in paragraph number 0071 of the publication), alkoxysilane compounds (e.g., alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253054), onium salt compounds (e.g., JP-A-2015-034963. Compounds exemplified as acid generators in paragraph No. 0216, compounds described in JP-A-2009-180949, etc. can also be used. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性モノマーの反応を促進させたり、硬化温度を下げる目的で、硬化促進剤を添加してもよい。硬化促進剤としては、分子内に2個以上のメルカプト基を有する多官能チオール化合物などが挙げられる。多官能チオール化合物は安定性、臭気、解像性、現像性、密着性等の改良を目的として添加してもよい。また、硬化促進剤は、メチロール系化合物(例えば特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246において、架橋剤として例示されている化合物)、アミン類、ホスホニウム塩、アミジン塩、アミド化合物(以上、例えば特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186に記載の硬化剤)、塩基発生剤(例えば、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物)、シアネート化合物(例えば、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071に記載の化合物)、アルコキシシラン化合物(例えば、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物)、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0216に酸発生剤として例示されている化合物、特開2009-180949号公報に記載の化合物)などを用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は、0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。 <<Curing accelerator>>
A curing accelerator may be added to the coloring composition of the present invention for the purpose of accelerating the reaction of the polymerizable monomer or lowering the curing temperature. Examples of curing accelerators include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule. A polyfunctional thiol compound may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion and the like. In addition, curing accelerators include methylol compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph number 0246 of JP-A-2015-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example Curing agent described in paragraph number 0186 of JP-A-2013-041165), a base generator (e.g., an ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-055114), a cyanate compound (e.g., JP-A-2012-150180 Compounds described in paragraph number 0071 of the publication), alkoxysilane compounds (e.g., alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253054), onium salt compounds (e.g., JP-A-2015-034963. Compounds exemplified as acid generators in paragraph No. 0216, compounds described in JP-A-2009-180949, etc. can also be used. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。シランカップリング剤としては、一分子中に少なくとも2種の反応性の異なる官能基を有するシラン化合物が好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、ビニル基、エポキシ基、スチレン基、メタクリル基、アミノ基、イソシアヌレート基、ウレイド基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、および、イソシアネート基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、アルコキシ基とを有するシラン化合物が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-602)、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-603)、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-903)、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-503)、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-403)等が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤の詳細については、特開2013-254047号公報の段落番号0155~0158の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<Silane coupling agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, a silane compound having at least two functional groups with different reactivity in one molecule is preferable. The silane coupling agent contains at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacrylic group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a ureido group, a mercapto group, a sulfide group, and an isocyanate group, and an alkoxy group. is preferred. Specific examples of silane coupling agents include N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-602), N-2-(aminoethyl)-3 -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactured by KBM-403). For details of the silane coupling agent, the description in paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of JP-A-2013-254047 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。シランカップリング剤としては、一分子中に少なくとも2種の反応性の異なる官能基を有するシラン化合物が好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、ビニル基、エポキシ基、スチレン基、メタクリル基、アミノ基、イソシアヌレート基、ウレイド基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、および、イソシアネート基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基と、アルコキシ基とを有するシラン化合物が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-602)、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-603)、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-903)、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-503)、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、KBM-403)等が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤の詳細については、特開2013-254047号公報の段落番号0155~0158の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<Silane coupling agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, a silane compound having at least two functional groups with different reactivity in one molecule is preferable. The silane coupling agent contains at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacrylic group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a ureido group, a mercapto group, a sulfide group, and an isocyanate group, and an alkoxy group. is preferred. Specific examples of silane coupling agents include N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-602), N-2-(aminoethyl)-3 -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactured by KBM-403). For details of the silane coupling agent, the description in paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of JP-A-2013-254047 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)等が挙げられる。着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<polymerization inhibitor>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.) and the like. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more polymerization inhibitors. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)等が挙げられる。着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<polymerization inhibitor>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.) and the like. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more polymerization inhibitors. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズ、住化ケムテックス(株)製のSumisorbシリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物、国際公開第2020/137819号に記載されたチオアリール基置換ベンゾトリアゾール型紫外線吸収剤を用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.1~3質量%が特に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. A conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound, or the like can be used as the ultraviolet absorber. For details of these, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, paragraph numbers 0317-0334 of JP-A-2013-068814, and paragraph numbers 0061-0080 of JP-A-2016-162946 are described. The contents of which can be referred to are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available UV absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. . Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). In addition, the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987, and WO 2020/137819. A thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズ、住化ケムテックス(株)製のSumisorbシリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物、国際公開第2020/137819号に記載されたチオアリール基置換ベンゾトリアゾール型紫外線吸収剤を用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.1~3質量%が特に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 <<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. A conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound, or the like can be used as the ultraviolet absorber. For details of these, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, paragraph numbers 0317-0334 of JP-A-2013-068814, and paragraph numbers 0061-0080 of JP-A-2016-162946 are described. The contents of which can be referred to are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available UV absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. . Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). In addition, the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987, and WO 2020/137819. A thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤またはシリコーン系界面活性剤であることが好ましく、シリコーン系界面活性剤であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 <<Surfactant>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorosurfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, more preferably a silicone-based surfactant. Surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤またはシリコーン系界面活性剤であることが好ましく、シリコーン系界面活性剤であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 <<Surfactant>>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorosurfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, more preferably a silicone-based surfactant. Surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。
The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and saving liquid, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.
フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、R-30、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、R-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上、(株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144. , R-30, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559 , F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R -41, R-41-LM, RS-43, R-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430 , FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S- 393, KH-40 (manufactured by AGC), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), Futergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL , 710FM, 710FS, FTX-218 (manufactured by NEOS Corporation) and the like.
フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。
The fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable. Available. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafac and DS-21.
フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant. Such fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. The fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
A fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorosurfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも環境規制の観点から好ましい。
From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is also preferable to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for surfactants having perfluoroalkyl groups with 6 or more carbon atoms.
また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH4
+を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, X a + is a valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH4 + .
ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Oil Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) etc.
シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH21PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、SH8400、SH 8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Examples of silicone surfactants include DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (the above, Dow・Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc. are mentioned. A compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を1種のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one surfactant, or may contain two or more surfactants. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<その他添加剤>>
本発明の着色組成物には、必要に応じて、各種添加剤、例えば、充填剤、密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤としては、特開2004-295116号公報の段落番号0155~0156に記載の添加剤を挙げることができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸化防止剤としては、例えばフェノール化合物、リン系化合物(例えば特開2011-090147号公報の段落番号0042に記載の化合物)、チオエーテル化合物などを用いることができる。市販品としては、例えば(株)ADEKA製のアデカスタブシリーズ(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330など)が挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤として、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された多官能ヒンダードアミン酸化防止剤、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された酸化防止剤、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された酸化防止剤を用いることもできる。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。また、本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0078に記載の増感剤や光安定剤、同公報の段落0081に記載の熱重合防止剤、特開2018-091940号公報の段落番号0242に記載の貯蔵安定化剤を含有することができる。 <<Other Additives>>
Various additives such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be added to the coloring composition of the present invention, if necessary. Examples of these additives include additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein. As the antioxidant, for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph number 0042 of JP-A-2011-090147), a thioether compound, and the like can be used. Commercially available products include, for example, Adekastab series manufactured by ADEKA Corporation (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO- 330, etc.). In addition, as antioxidants, polyfunctional hindered amine antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, paragraph numbers 0023 to 0023 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 0048 may also be used. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. Moreover, the coloring composition of this invention may contain a latent antioxidant as needed. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified. Specific examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.). Further, the colored composition of the present invention, the sensitizer and light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication, JP-A-2018-091940 A storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of the publication may be included.
本発明の着色組成物には、必要に応じて、各種添加剤、例えば、充填剤、密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤としては、特開2004-295116号公報の段落番号0155~0156に記載の添加剤を挙げることができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸化防止剤としては、例えばフェノール化合物、リン系化合物(例えば特開2011-090147号公報の段落番号0042に記載の化合物)、チオエーテル化合物などを用いることができる。市販品としては、例えば(株)ADEKA製のアデカスタブシリーズ(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330など)が挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤として、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された多官能ヒンダードアミン酸化防止剤、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された酸化防止剤、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された酸化防止剤を用いることもできる。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。また、本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0078に記載の増感剤や光安定剤、同公報の段落0081に記載の熱重合防止剤、特開2018-091940号公報の段落番号0242に記載の貯蔵安定化剤を含有することができる。 <<Other Additives>>
Various additives such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be added to the coloring composition of the present invention, if necessary. Examples of these additives include additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein. As the antioxidant, for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph number 0042 of JP-A-2011-090147), a thioether compound, and the like can be used. Commercially available products include, for example, Adekastab series manufactured by ADEKA Corporation (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO- 330, etc.). In addition, as antioxidants, polyfunctional hindered amine antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, antioxidants described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, paragraph numbers 0023 to 0023 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 0048 may also be used. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. Moreover, the coloring composition of this invention may contain a latent antioxidant as needed. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified. Specific examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.). Further, the colored composition of the present invention, the sensitizer and light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication, JP-A-2018-091940 A storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of the publication may be included.
環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の着色組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない着色組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の着色組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。
From the perspective of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be regulated. In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the content of the above compounds is reduced, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and salts thereof, and per The content of fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01ppb to 1,000ppb with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. is preferably in the range of , more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The coloring composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected. Compounds that can substitute for regulated compounds include, for example, compounds excluded from regulation due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum allowable range.
<収容容器>
本発明の着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や着色組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、着色組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。 <Container>
The storage container for the coloring composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resins and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resins for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and coloring compositions. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the coloring composition, and suppressing deterioration of components.
本発明の着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や着色組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、着色組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。 <Container>
The storage container for the coloring composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resins and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resins for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and coloring compositions. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the coloring composition, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<着色組成物の製造方法>
本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して製造できる。着色組成物の製造に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を製造してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を製造してもよい。 <Method for producing colored composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components. In the production of the colored composition, all components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce a colored composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately mixed into two or more solutions or dispersions. , these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to produce a colored composition.
本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して製造できる。着色組成物の製造に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を製造してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を製造してもよい。 <Method for producing colored composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components. In the production of the colored composition, all components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce a colored composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately mixed into two or more solutions or dispersions. , these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to produce a colored composition.
また、着色組成物の製造に際して、顔料などの粒子を分散させるプロセスを含んでいてもよい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In addition, a process of dispersing particles such as pigments may be included in the production of the coloring composition. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In pulverizing the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629.
着色組成物の製造にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。
In manufacturing the colored composition, it is preferable to filter the colored composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。
The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01-3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value. Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。
It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno. When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed.
<膜>
本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて得られた膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素として用いられる。本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できるが、0.5~3.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は0.8μm以上がより好ましく、1.0μm以上がさらに好ましく、1.1μm以上がさらにより好ましい。上限は2.5μm以下がより好ましく、2.0μm以下がさらに好ましく、1.8μm以下がさらにより好ましい。 <Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The films of the invention are used as green pixels in color filters. The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.8 μm or more, still more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.5 μm or less, even more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.
本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて得られた膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素として用いられる。本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できるが、0.5~3.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は0.8μm以上がより好ましく、1.0μm以上がさらに好ましく、1.1μm以上がさらにより好ましい。上限は2.5μm以下がより好ましく、2.0μm以下がさらに好ましく、1.8μm以下がさらにより好ましい。 <Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The films of the invention are used as green pixels in color filters. The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.8 μm or more, still more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.5 μm or less, even more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.
本発明の膜は、波長526~545nmの光に対する透過率の最大値は65%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、75%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、波長526~545nmの光に対する平均透過率は60%以上であることが好ましく、65%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、波長450nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、400~450nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、1%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、波長650nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The maximum transmittance of the film of the present invention to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 65% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 75% or more.
Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
Further, the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
Further, the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
また、波長526~545nmの光に対する平均透過率は60%以上であることが好ましく、65%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが更に好ましい。
また、波長450nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、400~450nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、1%以下であることが更に好ましい。
また、波長650nmの光に対する透過率は10%以下であることが好ましく、5%以下であることがより好ましく、2%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The maximum transmittance of the film of the present invention to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 65% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 75% or more.
Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more.
Further, the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less.
Further, the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
また、本発明の膜について、極大吸収波長は、415~450nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、420~445nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましく、425~440nmの波長範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。
また、本発明の膜について、透過率が50%を示す波長は、505~530nmの波長範囲と、540~575nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましい。透過率が50%を示す短波長側の波長は、510~525nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、515~520nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率が50%を示す長波長側の波長は、545~565nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、550~555nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。 In addition, for the film of the present invention, the maximum absorption wavelength preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. is more preferred.
Further, for the film of the present invention, the wavelengths at which the transmittance is 50% are preferably present in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. The long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
また、本発明の膜について、透過率が50%を示す波長は、505~530nmの波長範囲と、540~575nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましい。透過率が50%を示す短波長側の波長は、510~525nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、515~520nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率が50%を示す長波長側の波長は、545~565nmの波長範囲に存在することが好ましく、550~555nmの波長範囲に存在することがより好ましい。 In addition, for the film of the present invention, the maximum absorption wavelength preferably exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. is more preferred.
Further, for the film of the present invention, the wavelengths at which the transmittance is 50% are preferably present in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side at which the transmittance is 50% preferably exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. The long wavelength at which the transmittance is 50% is preferably in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.
また、本発明の膜について、C光源を使用して測色した際のCIE(国際照明委員会)のxyz表色系における色度座標は、x=0.170~0.300、y=0.600~0.800であることが好ましい。上記膜の色度座標のxは、0.210~0.300であることが好ましく、0.250~0.300であることがより好ましい。上記膜の色度座標のyは、0.650~0.800であることが好ましく、0.700~0.800であることがより好ましい。このような色度座標の膜は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素として好ましく用いられる。
In addition, the chromaticity coordinates of the film of the present invention in the xyz color system of the CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) when measured using a C light source are x = 0.170 to 0.300, y = 0 It is preferably between 0.600 and 0.800. The chromaticity coordinate x of the film is preferably 0.210 to 0.300, more preferably 0.250 to 0.300. The chromaticity coordinate y of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, more preferably 0.700 to 0.800. A film with such chromaticity coordinates is preferably used as a green pixel of a color filter.
<カラーフィルタ>
本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。具体的には、カラーフィルタの緑色画素として、本発明の膜を有する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、固体撮像素子や表示装置に用いることができる。 <Color filter>
A color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the invention has the film of the invention described above. Specifically, it has the film of the present invention as a green pixel of a color filter. The color filter of the present invention can be used for solid-state imaging devices and display devices.
本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。具体的には、カラーフィルタの緑色画素として、本発明の膜を有する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、固体撮像素子や表示装置に用いることができる。 <Color filter>
A color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the invention has the film of the invention described above. Specifically, it has the film of the present invention as a green pixel of a color filter. The color filter of the present invention can be used for solid-state imaging devices and display devices.
本発明のカラーフィルタは、本発明の膜の画素の他に、他の色相の着色画素を有していることが好ましい。本発明のカラーフィルタの好ましい態様として、赤色画素と、青色画素と、本発明の膜で構成された緑色画素と、を有する態様が挙げられる。カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。また、米国特許出願公開第2018/0040656号明細書に記載の構成で隔壁を形成しても良い。
The color filter of the present invention preferably has colored pixels of other hues in addition to the pixels of the film of the present invention. A preferred embodiment of the color filter of the present invention includes a mode having red pixels, blue pixels, and green pixels composed of the film of the present invention. The color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel. Moreover, the partition may be formed with the configuration described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656.
本発明の膜の画素と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい赤色画素は、赤色着色剤を含むことが好ましい。赤色画素に含まれる着色剤中における赤色着色剤の含有量は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましい。赤色画素に含まれる着色剤中における赤色着色剤の含有量の上限は、100質量%であってもよく、99質量%以下であってもよく、95質量%以下であってもよく、90質量%以下であってもよい。また、赤色画素は、赤色着色剤を40質量%以上含むことが好ましく、50質量%以上含むことがより好ましく、60質量%以上含むことが更に好ましい。また、赤色着色剤の含有量の上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましく、60質量%以下が更に好ましい。赤色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられ、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,179,202,254,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド177,179,202,254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド177,254,264が更に好ましい。
A red pixel that is preferably used in combination with the pixel of the film of the present invention preferably contains a red colorant. The content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel may be 100% by mass, 99% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass. % or less. The red pixel preferably contains 40% by mass or more of the red colorant, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 60% by mass or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the content of the red colorant is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less. As a red coloring agent, C.I. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297; I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 202, 254, 264, 269 and 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 179, 202, 254, 264 and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 264 are more preferred.
上記赤色画素は、赤色着色剤の他に、更に黄色着色剤を含むことが好ましい。黄色着色剤の含有量は、赤色着色剤の100質量部に対して3~60質量部であることが好ましく、5~50質量部であることがより好ましく、10~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。黄色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられ、C.I.ピグメントイエロー129,138,139,150,185が好ましい。
The red pixel preferably contains a yellow colorant in addition to the red colorant. The content of the yellow colorant is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, and 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the red colorant. More preferred. As a yellow colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, yellow pigments such as C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred.
上記赤色画素は、400~550nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最大値が5%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることがより好ましく、1%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、400~550nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は3%以下であることが好ましく、1%以下であることがより好ましく、0.5%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、600~700nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最小値は10%以上であることが好ましく、25%以上であることがより好ましく、40%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、600~700nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は80%以上であることが好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましく、95%以上であることが更に好ましい。
The red pixel preferably has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and even more preferably 1% or less for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm. Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and even more preferably 0.5% or less. The minimum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and even more preferably 40% or more. Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more.
また、赤色画素は、C光源を使用して測色した際のCIE(国際照明委員会)のXYZ表色系における色度座標は、x=0.640~0.710、y=0.290~0.330であることが好ましい。赤色画素の色度座標のxは、0.650~0.700であることが好ましく、0.660~0.690であることがより好ましい。赤色画素の色度座標のyは、0.300~0.325であることが好ましく、0.310~0.320であることがより好ましい。
In addition, the red pixel has a chromaticity coordinate of x = 0.640 to 0.710 and y = 0.290 in the XYZ color system of the CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) when measured using a C light source. ~0.330 is preferred. The chromaticity coordinate x of the red pixel is preferably 0.650 to 0.700, more preferably 0.660 to 0.690. The y of the chromaticity coordinate of the red pixel is preferably 0.300 to 0.325, more preferably 0.310 to 0.320.
本発明の膜の画素と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい青色画素は、青色着色剤を含むことが好ましい。青色画素に含まれる着色剤中における青色着色剤の含有量は、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましい。また、青色画素は、青色着色剤を20質量%以上含むことが好ましく、25質量%以上含むことがより好ましく、30質量%以上含むことが更に好ましい。青色着色剤の含有量の上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましく、60質量%以下が更に好ましい。青色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられ、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6が好ましい。
A blue pixel that is preferably used in combination with the pixel of the film of the present invention preferably contains a blue colorant. The content of the blue colorant in the colorant contained in the blue pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more. In addition, the blue pixel preferably contains 20% by mass or more of the blue colorant, more preferably 25% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content of the blue colorant is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less. As a blue colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. pigments, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred.
上記青色画素は、青色着色剤の他に、更に紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。紫色着色剤の含有量は、青色着色剤の100質量部に対して10~90質量部であることが好ましく、20~75質量部であることがより好ましく、30~60質量部であることが更に好ましい。紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料、キサンテン化合物などが挙げられる。キサンテン化合物としては、特開2016-180834号公報の段落番号0025~0077に記載の側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂とキサンテン系酸性染料とを反応させて得られた造塩化合物などが挙げられる。
The blue pixel more preferably contains at least one selected from a purple colorant and a red colorant in addition to the blue colorant. The content of the purple colorant is preferably 10 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 75 parts by mass, and 30 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue colorant. More preferred. Purple and red colorants include C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61, and xanthene compounds. Examples of the xanthene compound include salt-forming compounds obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with a xanthene-based acid dye described in paragraphs 0025 to 0077 of JP-A-2016-180834. .
上記青色画素は、400~500nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最大値が50%以上であることが好ましく、60%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、400~500nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は40%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、60%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、550~700nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最小値は30%以下であることが好ましく、20%以下であることがより好ましく、10%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、550~700nmの波長の光に対する平均透過率は25%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましく、5%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The blue pixel preferably has a maximum transmittance of 50% or more, more preferably 60% or more, and even more preferably 70% or more for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm. Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and even more preferably 60% or more. The minimum transmittance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and even more preferably 10% or less. Also, the average transmittance for light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less.
また、青色画素は、C光源を使用して測色した際のCIE(国際照明委員会)のXYZ表色系における色度座標は、x=0.130~0.160、y=0.035~0.080であることが好ましい。青色画素の色度座標のxは、0.135~0.155であることが好ましく、0.140~0.150であることがより好ましい。青色画素の色度座標のyは、0.040~0.075であることが好ましく、0.045~0.070であることがより好ましい。
In addition, the blue pixel has chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) when measured using a C light source, x = 0.130 to 0.160, y = 0.035 ~0.080 is preferred. The chromaticity coordinate x of the blue pixel is preferably 0.135 to 0.155, more preferably 0.140 to 0.150. The y of the chromaticity coordinates of the blue pixels is preferably 0.040 to 0.075, more preferably 0.045 to 0.070.
<構造体>
本発明の構造体は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて得られる緑色画素と、赤色画素と、青色画素とを有する。緑色画素は、上述した本発明の膜の項で説明した分光特性を有することが好ましい。また、赤色画素および青色画素は、上述したカラーフィルタの項で説明した分光特性を有することが好ましい。 <Structure>
The structure of the present invention has green pixels, red pixels, and blue pixels obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The green pixels preferably have the spectral characteristics described above in the film of the present invention section. Moreover, it is preferable that the red pixel and the blue pixel have the spectral characteristics described in the section of the color filter described above.
本発明の構造体は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて得られる緑色画素と、赤色画素と、青色画素とを有する。緑色画素は、上述した本発明の膜の項で説明した分光特性を有することが好ましい。また、赤色画素および青色画素は、上述したカラーフィルタの項で説明した分光特性を有することが好ましい。 <Structure>
The structure of the present invention has green pixels, red pixels, and blue pixels obtained using the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The green pixels preferably have the spectral characteristics described above in the film of the present invention section. Moreover, it is preferable that the red pixel and the blue pixel have the spectral characteristics described in the section of the color filter described above.
<画素の形成方法>
次に、本発明の着色組成物を用いた画素の形成方法について説明する。画素の形成方法は、支持体上に着色組成物を塗布して着色組成物層を形成する工程と、この着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、露光後の着色組成物層を現像する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。画素の形成にあたり、全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で行うことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、「全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で行う」とは、着色組成物を用いて画素を形成する工程の全てを、150℃以下の温度で行うことを意味する。露光後の着色組成物層を現像した後、更に加熱する工程を設ける場合は、この加熱する工程も150℃以下の温度で行うことを意味する。以下、各工程について詳細を述べる。 <Method of Forming Pixel>
Next, a method for forming pixels using the coloring composition of the present invention will be described. A method for forming pixels includes a step of applying a coloring composition onto a support to form a coloring composition layer, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and developing the coloring composition layer after exposure. and a step of performing. In forming the pixels, it is preferable to perform the entire process at a temperature of 150° C. or less. In the present invention, "performing at a temperature of 150°C or lower throughout the entire process" means that all steps of forming pixels using the coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150°C or lower. When a step of heating is further provided after developing the colored composition layer after exposure, it means that this heating step is also performed at a temperature of 150° C. or less. Each step will be described in detail below.
次に、本発明の着色組成物を用いた画素の形成方法について説明する。画素の形成方法は、支持体上に着色組成物を塗布して着色組成物層を形成する工程と、この着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、露光後の着色組成物層を現像する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。画素の形成にあたり、全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で行うことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、「全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で行う」とは、着色組成物を用いて画素を形成する工程の全てを、150℃以下の温度で行うことを意味する。露光後の着色組成物層を現像した後、更に加熱する工程を設ける場合は、この加熱する工程も150℃以下の温度で行うことを意味する。以下、各工程について詳細を述べる。 <Method of Forming Pixel>
Next, a method for forming pixels using the coloring composition of the present invention will be described. A method for forming pixels includes a step of applying a coloring composition onto a support to form a coloring composition layer, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and developing the coloring composition layer after exposure. and a step of performing. In forming the pixels, it is preferable to perform the entire process at a temperature of 150° C. or less. In the present invention, "performing at a temperature of 150°C or lower throughout the entire process" means that all steps of forming pixels using the coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150°C or lower. When a step of heating is further provided after developing the colored composition layer after exposure, it means that this heating step is also performed at a temperature of 150° C. or less. Each step will be described in detail below.
着色組成物層を形成する工程では、支持体上に着色組成物を塗布して着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、ガラス基板、ポリカーボネート基板、ポリエステル基板、芳香族ポリアミド基板、ポリアミドイミド基板、ポリイミド基板等が挙げられる。これらの基板上には有機発光層が形成されていてもよい。また、基板上には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは表面の平坦化のために下塗り層が設けられていてもよい。下塗り層は、例えば、上述した本発明の着色組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物などを用いて形成することもできる。下塗り層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。
In the step of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition layer is formed by applying the colored composition onto the support. Examples of the support include glass substrates, polycarbonate substrates, polyester substrates, aromatic polyamide substrates, polyamideimide substrates, polyimide substrates, and the like. An organic light-emitting layer may be formed on these substrates. In addition, an undercoat layer may be provided on the substrate for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface. The undercoat layer can also be formed using, for example, a composition obtained by removing the coloring agent from the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The surface contact angle of the undercoat layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80° when measured with water.
着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、着色組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
A known method can be used as a method for applying the coloring composition. For example, drop method (drop cast); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); methods described in publications); inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. a printing method; a transfer method using a mold or the like; a nanoimprint method, and the like. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited. 133 page), and methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, etc. mentioned. In addition, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the descriptions of WO 2017/030174 and WO 2017/018419 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、80℃以下が好ましく、70℃以下がより好ましく、60℃以下が更に好ましく、50℃以下が特に好ましい。下限は、例えば、40℃以上とすることができる。プリベーク時間は、10~3600秒が好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。
The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). When pre-baking is performed, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 80° C. or lower, more preferably 70° C. or lower, still more preferably 60° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 40° C. or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 to 3600 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。
Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。
Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. A long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。パルス露光の場合、パルス幅は、100ナノ秒(ns)以下であることが好ましく、50ナノ秒以下であることがより好ましく、30ナノ秒以下であることが更に好ましい。パルス幅の下限は、特に限定はないが、1フェムト秒(fs)以上とすることができ、10フェムト秒以上とすることもできる。周波数は、1kHz以上であることが好ましく、2kHz以上であることがより好ましく、4kHz以上であることが更に好ましい。周波数の上限は50kHz以下であることが好ましく、20kHz以下であることがより好ましく、10kHz以下であることが更に好ましい。最大瞬間照度は、50000000W/m2以上であることが好ましく、100000000W/m2以上であることがより好ましく、200000000W/m2以上であることが更に好ましい。また、最大瞬間照度の上限は、1000000000W/m2以下であることが好ましく、800000000W/m2以下であることがより好ましく、500000000W/m2以下であることが更に好ましい。なお、パルス幅とは、パルス周期における光が照射されている時間のことである。また、周波数とは、1秒あたりのパルス周期の回数のことである。また、最大瞬間照度とは、パルス周期における光が照射されている時間内での平均照度のことである。また、パルス周期とは、パルス露光における光の照射と休止を1サイクルとする周期のことである。
Further, the exposure may be performed by continuously irradiating the light, or by pulsing the light (pulse exposure). Note that the pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level). In the case of pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and even more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but may be 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, and may be 10 femtoseconds or more. The frequency is preferably 1 kHz or higher, more preferably 2 kHz or higher, and even more preferably 4 kHz or higher. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and even more preferably 10 kHz or less. The maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 50000000 W/ m2 or more, more preferably 100000000 W/ m2 or more, and even more preferably 200000000 W/ m2 or more. The upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 1000000000 W/m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000 W/m 2 or less, and even more preferably 500000000 W/m 2 or less. It should be noted that the pulse width is the time during which the light is applied in the pulse period. Also, the frequency is the number of pulse cycles per second. Further, the maximum instantaneous illuminance is the average illuminance within the time during which the light is irradiated in the pulse period. Further, the pulse cycle is a cycle in which light irradiation and rest in pulse exposure are set as one cycle.
照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cm2が好ましい。下限は、0.05J/cm2以上であることがより好ましく、0.2J/cm2以上であることが更に好ましく、0.5J/cm2以上であることが更により好ましく、0.8J/cm2以上であることがより一層好ましく、1.0J/cm2以上であることが更に一層好ましい。上限は、2.0J/cm2以下であることがより好ましく、1.5J/cm2以下であることが更に好ましい。また、露光照度は、適宜設定することが可能であり、例えば、50mW/cm2~10W/cm2であることが好ましい。露光照度の下限は、500mW/cm2以上であることがより好ましく、800mW/cm2以上であることが更に好ましく、1000mW/cm2以上であることが更により好ましい。露光照度の上限は、10W/cm2以下であることが好ましく、7W/cm2以下であることがより好ましく、5W/cm2以下であることが更に好ましい。
The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , for example. The lower limit is more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 or more, still more preferably 0.2 J/cm 2 or more, even more preferably 0.5 J/cm 2 or more, and 0.8 J/cm It is more preferably 1.0 J/cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 1.0 J/cm 2 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.0 J/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 1.5 J/cm 2 or less. Also, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is preferably, for example, 50 mW/cm 2 to 10 W/cm 2 . The lower limit of exposure illuminance is more preferably 500 mW/cm 2 or more, still more preferably 800 mW/cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 1000 mW/cm 2 or more. The upper limit of exposure illuminance is preferably 10 W/cm 2 or less, more preferably 7 W/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 5 W/cm 2 or less.
露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度1W/cm2、酸素濃度35体積%で照度2W/cm2などとすることができる。
The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate, and in addition to exposure in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (e.g., 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free) or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an illuminance of 1 W/cm 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 2 W/cm 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
また、波長350nmを超え380nm以下の光(好ましくはi線)を1J/cm2以上の露光量で照射して露光することも好ましい。このように露光することにより、着色組成物層を充分に硬化させることができ、より耐光性に優れた画素を製造することができる。
It is also preferable to irradiate with light having a wavelength of more than 350 nm and less than or equal to 380 nm (preferably i-line) at an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 or more . By exposing in this manner, the colored composition layer can be sufficiently cured, and a pixel having more excellent light resistance can be produced.
次に、露光後の着色組成物層を現像する。すなわち、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。
Next, the colored composition layer after exposure is developed. That is, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is removed by development to form a pattern (pixels). The development and removal of the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer can be performed using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
現像液としては、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、さらに界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。界面活性剤としては、上述した界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の着色組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の着色組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。
Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferred. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene, etc. Examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. A compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described above, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinsing solution to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. A similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことも好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。
After development, it is also preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing.
ポストベークを行う場合、加熱温度は150℃以下が好ましい。加熱温度の上限は、120℃以下がより好ましく、100℃以下がさらに好ましい。加熱温度の下限は、膜の硬化を促進できれば特に制限されないが、50℃以上が好ましく、75℃以上がより好ましい。加熱時間は1分以上が好ましく、5分以上がより好ましく、10分以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に限定はないが、生産性の観点から20分以下が好ましい。ポストベークは、不活性ガスの雰囲気下で行うことも好ましい。この態様によれば、熱重合を、酸素に阻害されることなく、非常に高い効率で進行させることができ、全工程を通じて150℃以下の温度で画素を製造した場合であっても、平坦性が良好で、耐光性などの特性に優れた画素を製造することができる。不活性ガスとしては、窒素ガス、アルゴンガス、ヘリウムガス等が挙げられ、窒素ガスであることが好ましい。ポストベーク時の酸素濃度は、100ppm以下であることが好ましい。
When performing post-baking, the heating temperature is preferably 150°C or less. The upper limit of the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 100°C or lower. The lower limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as it can accelerate the curing of the film, but is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 75°C or higher. The heating time is preferably 1 minute or longer, more preferably 5 minutes or longer, and even more preferably 10 minutes or longer. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 20 minutes or less from the viewpoint of productivity. Post-baking is also preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere. According to this aspect, thermal polymerization can proceed very efficiently without being inhibited by oxygen. It is possible to manufacture a pixel excellent in properties such as light fastness. Examples of the inert gas include nitrogen gas, argon gas, helium gas, etc. Nitrogen gas is preferred. The oxygen concentration during post-baking is preferably 100 ppm or less.
追加露光処理を行う場合、波長254~350nmの光を照射して露光することが好ましい。より好ましい態様としては、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程(現像前の露光)は、着色組成物層に対して波長350nmを超え380nm以下の光(好ましくは波長355~370nmの光、より好ましくはi線)を照射して露光して行い、追加露光処理(現像後の露光)は、現像後の着色組成物層に対して、波長254~350nmの光(好ましくは波長254nmの光)を照射して露光することが好ましい。この態様によれば、最初の露光(現像前の露光)で着色組成物層を適度に硬化させることができ、次の露光(現像後の露光)で着色組成物層全体をほぼ完全に硬化させることができるので、結果として、低温条件でも、着色組成物層を充分に硬化させて、耐光性、密着性および矩形性などの特性に優れた画素を形成することができる。このように2段階で露光を行う場合、着色組成物は、光重合開始剤として、メタノール中での波長365nmの吸光係数が1.0×103mL/g・cm以上の光重合開始剤A1と、メタノール中での波長365nmの吸光係数が1.0×102mL/g・cm以下で、かつ、波長254nmの吸光係数が1.0×103mL/g・cm以上の光重合開始剤A2とを含むものを用いることが好ましい。
When the additional exposure process is performed, it is preferable to irradiate light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm for exposure. In a more preferred embodiment, the step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern (exposure before development) is performed with respect to the colored composition layer with light having a wavelength of more than 350 nm and 380 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 355 to 370 nm, More preferably i-line) is irradiated and exposed, and the additional exposure treatment (exposure after development) is performed on the colored composition layer after development with light having a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm (preferably light having a wavelength of 254 nm). ) is preferably used for exposure. According to this aspect, the coloring composition layer can be moderately cured in the first exposure (exposure before development), and the entire coloring composition layer is almost completely cured in the next exposure (exposure after development). As a result, even under low temperature conditions, the colored composition layer can be sufficiently cured to form pixels having excellent properties such as light resistance, adhesion and rectangularity. When the exposure is performed in two steps as described above, the colored composition contains, as a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/g cm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol. and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0 × 10 2 mL / g cm or less, and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0 × 10 3 mL / g cm or more. It is preferable to use one containing agent A2.
現像後の露光は、例えば紫外線フォトレジスト硬化装置を用いて行うことができる。紫外線フォトレジスト硬化装置からは、例えば波長254~350nmの光とともに、これ以外の光(例えばi線)が照射されてもよい。
Exposure after development can be performed using, for example, an ultraviolet photoresist curing device. From the ultraviolet photoresist curing device, for example, light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm and light other than this (for example, i-line) may be emitted.
また、追加露光処理を行う場合の露光源スペクトルとしては、連続スペクトルが好ましく、得られる膜の耐光性及び基板との密着性の改善の観点から、現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有することが好ましく、例えば、下記の(a)~(c)の放射線を挙げることができる。中でも、得られる膜の耐光性及び基板との密着性の改善をより高水準で達成できる点で、(b)または(c)の放射線が好ましい。また、着色剤が染料を含む場合、染料は一般に紫外線又は短波長可視光線を吸収して光分解することがあるため、短波長側に高強度の成分がより少ない(c)の放射線が好ましい。
(a)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して、1/6以上1/3未満である放射線。
(b)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して、1/3以上である放射線。なお、かかる波長313nmにおけるピーク強度の上限は特に制限されないが、波長365nmにおけるピーク強度より小さいことが好ましく、より好ましくは3/4以下である。
(c)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長405nm(h線)及び波長436nm(g線)を含み、波長313nm(j線)及び波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度が、波長405nm(h線)のピーク強度及び波長436nm(g線)のピーク強度のうち、より小さいピーク強度に対して1/4以下、好ましくは1/10以下、更に好ましくは1/20である放射線。なお、かかる波長313nm(j線)及び波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度の下限は特に制限されない。
この場合、現像前の露光は、波長365nm(i線)、波長405nm(h線)及び波長436nm(g線)を含む放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して1/6未満である放射線が好ましい。 Further, the exposure source spectrum in the case of performing the additional exposure treatment is preferably a continuous spectrum, and from the viewpoint of improving the light resistance of the resulting film and the adhesion to the substrate, it should have a spectral distribution different from that of the exposure before development. are preferred, and examples thereof include the following radiations (a) to (c). Among them, the radiation of (b) or (c) is preferable in that the light resistance of the obtained film and the improvement of the adhesion to the substrate can be achieved at a higher level. In addition, when the colorant contains a dye, the dye generally absorbs ultraviolet light or short-wavelength visible light and may undergo photodecomposition. Therefore, the radiation of (c), which has less high-intensity components on the short-wavelength side, is preferred.
(a) Radiation having a spectral distribution different from exposure before development, wherein the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is 1/6 or more and 1/3 of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line) Radiation that is less than
(b) Radiation having a spectral distribution different from that of exposure before development, wherein the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is 1/3 or more of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line). . Although the upper limit of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm is not particularly limited, it is preferably smaller than the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm, more preferably 3/4 or less.
(c) radiation having a spectral spectral distribution different from that of exposure before development, including wavelengths of 405 nm (h-line) and 436 nm (g-line), with peaks at wavelengths of 313 nm (j-line) and 365 nm (i-line); The intensity is 1/4 or less, preferably 1/10 or less, more preferably 1/20 of the smaller peak intensity of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line). radiation. In addition, the lower limit of the peak intensity at the wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) and the wavelength of 365 nm (i-line) is not particularly limited.
In this case, the exposure before development is radiation containing a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line), and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is a wavelength of 365 nm ( Radiation that is less than ⅙ of the peak intensity in i-line) is preferred.
(a)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して、1/6以上1/3未満である放射線。
(b)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して、1/3以上である放射線。なお、かかる波長313nmにおけるピーク強度の上限は特に制限されないが、波長365nmにおけるピーク強度より小さいことが好ましく、より好ましくは3/4以下である。
(c)現像前の露光と異なる分光スペクトル分布を有する放射線であって、波長405nm(h線)及び波長436nm(g線)を含み、波長313nm(j線)及び波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度が、波長405nm(h線)のピーク強度及び波長436nm(g線)のピーク強度のうち、より小さいピーク強度に対して1/4以下、好ましくは1/10以下、更に好ましくは1/20である放射線。なお、かかる波長313nm(j線)及び波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度の下限は特に制限されない。
この場合、現像前の露光は、波長365nm(i線)、波長405nm(h線)及び波長436nm(g線)を含む放射線であって、波長313nm(j線)におけるピーク強度が、波長365nm(i線)におけるピーク強度に対して1/6未満である放射線が好ましい。 Further, the exposure source spectrum in the case of performing the additional exposure treatment is preferably a continuous spectrum, and from the viewpoint of improving the light resistance of the resulting film and the adhesion to the substrate, it should have a spectral distribution different from that of the exposure before development. are preferred, and examples thereof include the following radiations (a) to (c). Among them, the radiation of (b) or (c) is preferable in that the light resistance of the obtained film and the improvement of the adhesion to the substrate can be achieved at a higher level. In addition, when the colorant contains a dye, the dye generally absorbs ultraviolet light or short-wavelength visible light and may undergo photodecomposition. Therefore, the radiation of (c), which has less high-intensity components on the short-wavelength side, is preferred.
(a) Radiation having a spectral distribution different from exposure before development, wherein the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is 1/6 or more and 1/3 of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line) Radiation that is less than
(b) Radiation having a spectral distribution different from that of exposure before development, wherein the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is 1/3 or more of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line). . Although the upper limit of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm is not particularly limited, it is preferably smaller than the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm, more preferably 3/4 or less.
(c) radiation having a spectral spectral distribution different from that of exposure before development, including wavelengths of 405 nm (h-line) and 436 nm (g-line), with peaks at wavelengths of 313 nm (j-line) and 365 nm (i-line); The intensity is 1/4 or less, preferably 1/10 or less, more preferably 1/20 of the smaller peak intensity of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line). radiation. In addition, the lower limit of the peak intensity at the wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) and the wavelength of 365 nm (i-line) is not particularly limited.
In this case, the exposure before development is radiation containing a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 405 nm (h-line) and a wavelength of 436 nm (g-line), and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-line) is a wavelength of 365 nm ( Radiation that is less than ⅙ of the peak intensity in i-line) is preferred.
このような分光特性を示す放射線は、例えば、上記のような分光特性を示す光源を用いるか、又は高圧水銀灯から放射された放射線に紫外線カットフィルタやバンドバスフィルタを介して得ることができる。
Radiation that exhibits such spectral characteristics can be obtained, for example, by using a light source that exhibits the spectral characteristics described above, or by passing radiation emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp through an ultraviolet cut filter or bandpass filter.
現像後の露光での照射量(露光量)は、0.03~4.0J/cm2が好ましく、0.05~3.5J/cm2がより好ましい。現像前の露光で用いられる光の波長と、現像後の露光で用いられる光の波長の差は、200nm以下であることが好ましく、100~150nmであることがより好ましい。
The irradiation dose (exposure dose) in exposure after development is preferably 0.03 to 4.0 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 3.5 J/cm 2 . The difference between the wavelength of light used for exposure before development and the wavelength of light used for exposure after development is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 to 150 nm.
<表示装置>
本発明の表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。表示装置の定義や各表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。 <Display device>
The display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above. Examples of display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. For the definition of the display device and the details of each display device, for example, "Electronic display device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, published in 1990)", "Display device (written by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd.) Published in 1989)” etc. Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
本発明の表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。表示装置の定義や各表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。 <Display device>
The display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above. Examples of display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. For the definition of the display device and the details of each display device, for example, "Electronic display device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, published in 1990)", "Display device (written by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd.) Published in 1989)” etc. Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
また、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、マイクロディスプレイであってもよい。マイクロディスプレイの表示面の対角の長さは、例えば、4インチ以下とすることができ、2インチ以下とすることもでき、1インチ以下とすることもでき、0.2インチ以下とすることもできる。マイクロディスプレイの用途としては、特に限定はないが、電子ビューファインダー、スマートグラス、ヘッドマウントディスプレイなどが挙げられる。
Also, the organic electroluminescent display device may be a microdisplay. The diagonal length of the display surface of the microdisplay can be, for example, 4 inches or less, 2 inches or less, 1 inch or less, or 0.2 inches or less. can also Applications of microdisplays include, but are not limited to, electronic viewfinders, smart glasses, head-mounted displays, and the like.
有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、白色有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子からなる光源を有するものであってもよい。白色有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子としては、タンデム構造であることが好ましい。有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子のタンデム構造については、特開2003-045676号公報、三上明義監修、「有機EL技術開発の最前線-高輝度・高精度・長寿命化・ノウハウ集-」、技術情報協会、326-328ページ、2008年などに記載されている。有機EL素子が発光する白色光のスペクトルは、青色領域(430nm-485nm)、緑色領域(530nm-580nm)及び黄色領域(580nm-620nm)に強い極大発光ピークを有するものが好ましい。これらの発光ピークに加え更に赤色領域(650nm-700nm)に極大発光ピークを有するものがより好ましい。
The organic electroluminescence display device may have a light source composed of a white organic electroluminescence element. A tandem structure is preferable for the white organic electroluminescence element. Regarding the tandem structure of the organic electroluminescence element, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "Forefront of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Precision, Long Life, Collection of Know-how -", Technical Information Institute. , pp. 326-328, 2008. The spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 nm-485 nm), green region (530 nm-580 nm) and yellow region (580 nm-620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, those having a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 nm to 700 nm) are more preferred.
有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、カラーフィルタを有していてもよい。カラーフィルタは、下地層上に設けられていてもよい。また、カラーフィルタと白色有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を組み合わせて、3原色の光を取り出す方式の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置においては、透明画素を設けて、白色光をそのまま発光に利用してもよい。このようにすることで、表示装置の輝度を高めることもできる。また、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、カラーフィルタ上にレンズを有していてもよい。レンズの形状としては、光学系設計により導出された様々な形状をとることができ、例えば、凸形状、凹形状などが挙げられる。例えば凹形状(凹型レンズ)とすることで光の集光性を向上させやすい。また、レンズは、カラーフィルタと直接接していてもよく、レンズとカラーフィルタとの間に、密着層や平坦化層などの他の層を設けてもよい。また、レンズは、国際公開第2018/135189号に記載の態様にて配置して用いることもできる。
The organic electroluminescence display device may have a color filter. The color filter may be provided on the underlying layer. In addition, in an organic electroluminescence display device that extracts light of three primary colors by combining a color filter and a white organic electroluminescence element, transparent pixels may be provided and white light may be used as it is for light emission. By doing so, the brightness of the display device can also be increased. Also, the organic electroluminescence display device may have a lens on the color filter. The shape of the lens can take various shapes derived from the design of the optical system, and examples thereof include a convex shape and a concave shape. For example, a concave shape (concave lens) can easily improve the light condensing property. Also, the lens may be in direct contact with the color filter, or another layer such as an adhesion layer or a planarization layer may be provided between the lens and the color filter. Also, the lens can be used by arranging it in the manner described in WO2018/135189.
<固体撮像素子>
本発明の着色組成物および膜は、固体撮像素子に用いることもできる。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。 <Solid-state image sensor>
The coloring composition and film of the present invention can also be used in solid-state imaging devices. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device.
本発明の着色組成物および膜は、固体撮像素子に用いることもできる。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。 <Solid-state image sensor>
The coloring composition and film of the present invention can also be used in solid-state imaging devices. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device.
基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタの画素は、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に埋め込まれていてもよい。この場合の隔壁の屈折率は、画素の屈折よりも低いことが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号、米国特許出願公開第2018/0040656号明細書に記載の装置が挙げられる。固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
A plurality of photodiodes and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the substrate, forming the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.). and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. and a color filter on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same shall apply hereinafter) on the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side close to the substrate), or a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, etc. There may be. Also, the pixels of the color filter may be embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition walls preferably have a lower refractive index than the pixels. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656. device. Imaging devices equipped with solid-state imaging devices can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (mobile phones, etc.) having an imaging function, but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。
The present invention will be specifically described below with reference to examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<顔料分散液の製造>
(顔料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P1-G10~P-G13、P-G18~P-G21、P-Gr1、P-Gr2)
下記表に記載の顔料1~6と、分散剤1の2.5質量部と、分散剤2の2.5質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、各顔料分散液を製造した。 <Production of pigment dispersion>
(Pigment dispersions P-G1 to P-G8, P1-G10 to P-G13, P-G18 to P-G21, P-Gr1, P-Gr2)
A mixture of pigments 1 to 6 listed in the table below, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was prepared. , using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, using a high-pressure disperser (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was carried out under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion.
(顔料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P1-G10~P-G13、P-G18~P-G21、P-Gr1、P-Gr2)
下記表に記載の顔料1~6と、分散剤1の2.5質量部と、分散剤2の2.5質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、各顔料分散液を製造した。 <Production of pigment dispersion>
(Pigment dispersions P-G1 to P-G8, P1-G10 to P-G13, P-G18 to P-G21, P-Gr1, P-Gr2)
A mixture of pigments 1 to 6 listed in the table below, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was prepared. , using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, using a high-pressure disperser (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was carried out under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion.
(顔料分散液P-G15~P-G17)
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、分散剤1の2.5質量部と、分散剤2の2.5質量部と、化合物A0.01質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、各顔料分散液を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G15 to P-G17)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 0.01 parts by mass of compound A, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) A mixture of 80 parts by mass was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion.
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、分散剤1の2.5質量部と、分散剤2の2.5質量部と、化合物A0.01質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、各顔料分散液を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G15 to P-G17)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 0.01 parts by mass of compound A, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) A mixture of 80 parts by mass was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion.
(顔料分散液P-G22)
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、誘導体1の1.0質量部と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G22を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G22)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion liquid P-G22.
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、誘導体1の1.0質量部と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G22を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G22)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion liquid P-G22.
(顔料分散液P-G23)
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、誘導体2の1.0質量部と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G23を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G23)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 2, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, using a high-pressure disperser (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was carried out under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion P-G23.
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、誘導体2の1.0質量部と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G23を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G23)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 1.0 parts by mass of derivative 2, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, using a high-pressure disperser (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, dispersion treatment was carried out under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce a pigment dispersion P-G23.
(顔料分散液P-G24)
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、分散剤3の1.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G24を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G24)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 1.0 part by mass of dispersant 3, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ( PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-G24.
下記表に記載の顔料1~4と、分散剤1の2.0質量部と、分散剤2の2.0質量部と、分散剤3の1.0質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の80質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、顔料分散液P-G24を製造した。 (Pigment dispersion P-G24)
Pigments 1 to 4 listed in the table below, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 1.0 part by mass of dispersant 3, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ( PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm) to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-G24.
分散剤1:下記構造の樹脂(塩基性樹脂。ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造のブロック共重合体。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比である。アミン価71mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9900)
分散剤2:下記構造の樹脂(芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂。酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000)
分散剤3:以下の方法で合成した樹脂(リン酸基を有する樹脂、酸価166mgKOH/g)
窒素ガス導入管、コンデンサー、攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、ラウリルアルコール186g、ε-カプロラクトンモノマー571g、テトラブチルチタネート0.6gを仕込み、窒素ガスで置換した後、120℃で3時間加熱、撹拌した。カプロラクトンモノマーの消失を、テトラヒドロフランを溶離液とするGPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)のRI(示差屈折)検出器により確認した。40℃以下に冷却した後、オルトリン酸換算含有量116%のポリリン酸84.5gと混合し、徐々に昇温し、80℃で6時間、攪拌しながら加熱して樹脂を得た。 Dispersant 1: Resin having the following structure (basic resin. Block copolymer with poly(meth)acrylic structure. Values attached to main chain are mass ratios. Amine value: 71 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight: 9900)
Dispersant 2: Resin having the following structure (resin having an aromatic carboxyl group, acid value 43 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight 9000)
Dispersant 3: Resin synthesized by the following method (resin having a phosphoric acid group, acid value 166 mgKOH/g)
186 g of lauryl alcohol, 571 g of ε-caprolactone monomer, and 0.6 g of tetrabutyl titanate were charged into a reaction vessel equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, and after purging with nitrogen gas, the mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours. . The disappearance of the caprolactone monomer was confirmed by an RI (differential refraction) detector of GPC (gel permeation chromatography) using tetrahydrofuran as an eluent. After cooling to 40° C. or lower, the mixture was mixed with 84.5 g of polyphosphoric acid having an orthophosphoric acid equivalent content of 116%, gradually heated to 80° C. for 6 hours with stirring to obtain a resin.
窒素ガス導入管、コンデンサー、攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、ラウリルアルコール186g、ε-カプロラクトンモノマー571g、テトラブチルチタネート0.6gを仕込み、窒素ガスで置換した後、120℃で3時間加熱、撹拌した。カプロラクトンモノマーの消失を、テトラヒドロフランを溶離液とするGPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)のRI(示差屈折)検出器により確認した。40℃以下に冷却した後、オルトリン酸換算含有量116%のポリリン酸84.5gと混合し、徐々に昇温し、80℃で6時間、攪拌しながら加熱して樹脂を得た。 Dispersant 1: Resin having the following structure (basic resin. Block copolymer with poly(meth)acrylic structure. Values attached to main chain are mass ratios. Amine value: 71 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight: 9900)
186 g of lauryl alcohol, 571 g of ε-caprolactone monomer, and 0.6 g of tetrabutyl titanate were charged into a reaction vessel equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, and after purging with nitrogen gas, the mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours. . The disappearance of the caprolactone monomer was confirmed by an RI (differential refraction) detector of GPC (gel permeation chromatography) using tetrahydrofuran as an eluent. After cooling to 40° C. or lower, the mixture was mixed with 84.5 g of polyphosphoric acid having an orthophosphoric acid equivalent content of 116%, gradually heated to 80° C. for 6 hours with stirring to obtain a resin.
化合物A:下記構造の化合物
Compound A: a compound having the following structure
誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
誘導体2:下記構造の化合物
Derivative 1: a compound having the following structure
Derivative 2: a compound having the following structure
PB15:3 : カラーインデックスピグメントブルー 15:3(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PB15:4 : カラーインデックスピグメントブルー 15:4(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PB16 : カラーインデックスピグメントブルー 16(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG7 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン7(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG36 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG62 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン62(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
PG63 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン63(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
PY138 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー138(キノフタロン化合物、黄色顔料)
PY139 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
PY150 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー150(アゾニッケル錯体、黄色顔料)
PY185 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
AlPc1:下記構造の化合物(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
AlPc2:下記構造の化合物(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
AlPc3:下記構造の化合物(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
AlPc4:下記構造の化合物(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
AlPc5:下記構造の化合物(ナフタロシアニン化合物)
PB15:3: Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PB15:4: Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PB16: Color Index Pigment Blue 16 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG7: Color Index Pigment Green 7 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG36: Color Index Pigment Green 36 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG62: Color Index Pigment Green 62 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
PG63: Color Index Pigment Green 63 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
PY138: Color Index Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment)
PY139: Color Index Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
PY150: Color Index Pigment Yellow 150 (azo nickel complex, yellow pigment)
PY185: Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
AlPc1: compound having the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
AlPc2: compound having the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
AlPc3: compound having the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
AlPc4: compound having the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
AlPc5: compound having the following structure (naphthalocyanine compound)
PB15:4 : カラーインデックスピグメントブルー 15:4(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PB16 : カラーインデックスピグメントブルー 16(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG7 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン7(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG36 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36(銅フタロシアニン化合物)
PG62 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン62(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
PG63 : カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン63(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
PY138 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー138(キノフタロン化合物、黄色顔料)
PY139 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
PY150 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー150(アゾニッケル錯体、黄色顔料)
PY185 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
AlPc1:下記構造の化合物(アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物)
PB15:4: Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PB16: Color Index Pigment Blue 16 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG7: Color Index Pigment Green 7 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG36: Color Index Pigment Green 36 (copper phthalocyanine compound)
PG62: Color Index Pigment Green 62 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
PG63: Color Index Pigment Green 63 (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
PY138: Color Index Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment)
PY139: Color Index Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
PY150: Color Index Pigment Yellow 150 (azo nickel complex, yellow pigment)
PY185: Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
AlPc1: compound having the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound)
<着色組成物の製造>
下記の表に記載の原料を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)を用いてろ過を行って着色組成物を製造した。配合量の欄に記載の数値の単位は質量部である。また、PB15:3、PB15:4、アルミフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物の合計100質量部に対するイソインドリン化合物の含有量を「含有量1」の欄に記載し、黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン化合物の含有量を「含有量2」の欄に記載し、各着色組成物の全固形分中における着色剤の含有量を「着色剤含有量」の欄に記載した。 <Production of coloring composition>
After mixing and stirring the raw materials shown in the table below, the mixture was filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce a colored composition. The unit of the numerical value described in the column of compounding amount is parts by mass. In addition, the content of the isoindoline compound with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of PB15:3, PB15:4, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and the naphthalocyanine compound is described in the column of "content 1", and the isoindoline in the yellow coloring agent The content of the compound is described in the column of "content 2", and the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of each coloring composition is described in the column of "coloring agent content".
下記の表に記載の原料を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)を用いてろ過を行って着色組成物を製造した。配合量の欄に記載の数値の単位は質量部である。また、PB15:3、PB15:4、アルミフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物の合計100質量部に対するイソインドリン化合物の含有量を「含有量1」の欄に記載し、黄色着色剤中におけるイソインドリン化合物の含有量を「含有量2」の欄に記載し、各着色組成物の全固形分中における着色剤の含有量を「着色剤含有量」の欄に記載した。 <Production of coloring composition>
After mixing and stirring the raw materials shown in the table below, the mixture was filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce a colored composition. The unit of the numerical value described in the column of compounding amount is parts by mass. In addition, the content of the isoindoline compound with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of PB15:3, PB15:4, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and the naphthalocyanine compound is described in the column of "content 1", and the isoindoline in the yellow coloring agent The content of the compound is described in the column of "content 2", and the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of each coloring composition is described in the column of "coloring agent content".
上記表中、略語で記載した原料の詳細は以下の通りである。
The details of the raw materials indicated by abbreviations in the above table are as follows.
(顔料分散液)
P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2:上述した顔料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2 (Pigment dispersion)
P-G1 to P-G8, P-G10 to P-G13, P-G15 to P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2: the above pigment dispersions P-G1 to P-G8, P-G10 to P -G13, P-G15 to P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2
P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2:上述した顔料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2 (Pigment dispersion)
P-G1 to P-G8, P-G10 to P-G13, P-G15 to P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2: the above pigment dispersions P-G1 to P-G8, P-G10 to P -G13, P-G15 to P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2
(光重合開始剤)
I1:Irgacure OXE04(BASF社製)
I2:Irgacure 2959(BASF社製)
I3:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)
I4:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製)
I5:Irgacure OXE03(BASF社製)
I6:NCI-831((株)ADEKA製)
I7:KAYACURE DETX-S(日本化薬(株)製)
I8:下記構造の化合物
(Photoinitiator)
I1: Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF)
I2: Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF)
I3: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
I4: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
I5: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
I6: NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
I7: KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
I8: a compound having the following structure
I1:Irgacure OXE04(BASF社製)
I2:Irgacure 2959(BASF社製)
I3:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)
I4:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製)
I5:Irgacure OXE03(BASF社製)
I6:NCI-831((株)ADEKA製)
I7:KAYACURE DETX-S(日本化薬(株)製)
I8:下記構造の化合物
I1: Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF)
I2: Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF)
I3: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
I4: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
I5: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
I6: NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
I7: KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
I8: a compound having the following structure
(樹脂)
B1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量13000、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である)
B2:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管および撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にシクロヘキサノン196質量部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、反応容器内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、n-ブチルメタクリレート37.2質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート12.9質量部、メタクリル酸12.0質量部、パラクミルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性アクリレート(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM110」)20.7質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.1質量部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に3時間反応を継続した後、室温まで冷却して下記構造の樹脂を得た。重量平均分子量(Mw)は26000であった。
(resin)
B1: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 13,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units)
B2: Resin synthesized by the following method 196 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was charged into a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, a dropping tube and a stirrer, and the temperature was raised to 80°C. After replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 37.2 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 12.9 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 12.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, paracumylphenol ethylene oxide-modified acrylate ( A mixture of 20.7 parts by mass of "Aronix M110" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. and 1.1 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction was continued for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a resin having the following structure. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26,000.
B1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量13000、主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である)
セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管および撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にシクロヘキサノン196質量部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、反応容器内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、n-ブチルメタクリレート37.2質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート12.9質量部、メタクリル酸12.0質量部、パラクミルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性アクリレート(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM110」)20.7質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.1質量部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に3時間反応を継続した後、室温まで冷却して下記構造の樹脂を得た。重量平均分子量(Mw)は26000であった。
B1: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 13,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio of repeating units)
(重合性モノマー)
M1:下記構造の化合物(a+b+c=3)
M2:下記構造の化合物(a+b+c=4)
M3:下記構造の化合物の混合物(a+b+c=5の化合物:a+b+c=5の化合物=3:1(モル比))
M4:下記構造の化合物
M5:下記構造の化合物
(Polymerizable monomer)
M1: a compound having the following structure (a+b+c=3)
M2: a compound having the following structure (a+b+c=4)
M3: a mixture of compounds having the following structure (a+b+c=5 compound: a+b+c=5 compound=3:1 (molar ratio))
M4: a compound having the following structure
M5: a compound having the following structure
M1:下記構造の化合物(a+b+c=3)
M2:下記構造の化合物(a+b+c=4)
M3:下記構造の化合物の混合物(a+b+c=5の化合物:a+b+c=5の化合物=3:1(モル比))
M1: a compound having the following structure (a+b+c=3)
M2: a compound having the following structure (a+b+c=4)
M3: a mixture of compounds having the following structure (a+b+c=5 compound: a+b+c=5 compound=3:1 (molar ratio))
(界面活性剤)
G1:シリコーン系界面活性剤(BYK-330、BYK(株)製)
G2:シリコーン系界面活性剤(FZ-2122、ダウ・東レ(株)製)
G3:フッ素系界面活性剤(メガファックF-551、DIC(株)製) (Surfactant)
G1: Silicone surfactant (BYK-330, manufactured by BYK Co., Ltd.)
G2: Silicone surfactant (FZ-2122, manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.)
G3: fluorine-based surfactant (Megafac F-551, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
G1:シリコーン系界面活性剤(BYK-330、BYK(株)製)
G2:シリコーン系界面活性剤(FZ-2122、ダウ・東レ(株)製)
G3:フッ素系界面活性剤(メガファックF-551、DIC(株)製) (Surfactant)
G1: Silicone surfactant (BYK-330, manufactured by BYK Co., Ltd.)
G2: Silicone surfactant (FZ-2122, manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.)
G3: fluorine-based surfactant (Megafac F-551, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
(溶剤)
S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
S2:シクロヘキサノン (solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone
S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
S2:シクロヘキサノン (solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone
<耐湿性の評価>
上記で製造した着色組成物を、スピンコーターを用いて、乾燥後の仕上がり膜厚が1.2μmとなるようにガラス基板上に塗布し、100℃のホットプレート上で2分間乾燥させた。その後、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて、露光照度20mW/cm2、露光量1J/cm2の条件でi線露光を実施した。次いで、100℃のホットプレート上で20分間加熱し、放冷して、膜を形成した。
得られた膜を、85℃、相対湿度85%の条件下に1000時間曝す高温高湿試験を実施した。そして、高温多湿試験前後の波長400~1100nmの範囲の透過率を測定し、測定波長ごとに透過率の変化率を算出して透過率の変化率の最大値を求め、以下の基準で耐湿性を評価した。
透過率の測定は、各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、高温高湿試験前後の膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。評価結果を下記表に示す。
5:透過率の変化量の最大値が1%以下
4:透過率の変化量の最大値が1%より大きく2%以下
3:透過率の変化量の最大値が2%より大きく3%以下
2:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%より大きく4%以下
1:透過率の変化量の最大値が4%より大きい <Evaluation of moisture resistance>
The coloring composition produced above was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the finished film thickness after drying was 1.2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, i-line exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Then, it was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and allowed to cool to form a film.
A high-temperature and high-humidity test was performed by exposing the obtained film to conditions of 85° C. and 85% relative humidity for 1000 hours. Then, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm was measured before and after the high temperature and high humidity test, the transmittance change rate was calculated for each measured wavelength, and the maximum value of the transmittance change rate was obtained. evaluated.
The transmittance measurement was performed 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the results of 3 times excluding the maximum and minimum values was adopted. Further, the maximum value of the amount of change in transmittance means the amount of change at the wavelength where the amount of change in transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before and after the high-temperature and high-humidity test is the largest. The evaluation results are shown in the table below.
5: The maximum value of change in transmittance is 1% or less 4: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 1% and 2% or less 3: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 2% and 3% or less 2: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 3% and 4% or less 1: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 4%
上記で製造した着色組成物を、スピンコーターを用いて、乾燥後の仕上がり膜厚が1.2μmとなるようにガラス基板上に塗布し、100℃のホットプレート上で2分間乾燥させた。その後、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて、露光照度20mW/cm2、露光量1J/cm2の条件でi線露光を実施した。次いで、100℃のホットプレート上で20分間加熱し、放冷して、膜を形成した。
得られた膜を、85℃、相対湿度85%の条件下に1000時間曝す高温高湿試験を実施した。そして、高温多湿試験前後の波長400~1100nmの範囲の透過率を測定し、測定波長ごとに透過率の変化率を算出して透過率の変化率の最大値を求め、以下の基準で耐湿性を評価した。
透過率の測定は、各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、高温高湿試験前後の膜の波長400~1100nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。評価結果を下記表に示す。
5:透過率の変化量の最大値が1%以下
4:透過率の変化量の最大値が1%より大きく2%以下
3:透過率の変化量の最大値が2%より大きく3%以下
2:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%より大きく4%以下
1:透過率の変化量の最大値が4%より大きい <Evaluation of moisture resistance>
The coloring composition produced above was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the finished film thickness after drying was 1.2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, i-line exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Then, it was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and allowed to cool to form a film.
A high-temperature and high-humidity test was performed by exposing the obtained film to conditions of 85° C. and 85% relative humidity for 1000 hours. Then, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm was measured before and after the high temperature and high humidity test, the transmittance change rate was calculated for each measured wavelength, and the maximum value of the transmittance change rate was obtained. evaluated.
The transmittance measurement was performed 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the results of 3 times excluding the maximum and minimum values was adopted. Further, the maximum value of the amount of change in transmittance means the amount of change at the wavelength where the amount of change in transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm of the film before and after the high-temperature and high-humidity test is the largest. The evaluation results are shown in the table below.
5: The maximum value of change in transmittance is 1% or less 4: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 1% and 2% or less 3: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 2% and 3% or less 2: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 3% and 4% or less 1: The maximum value of change in transmittance is greater than 4%
上記表に示すように、実施例は、いずれも比較例よりも耐湿性の評価が優れていた。
As shown in the table above, all of the examples were superior to the comparative examples in terms of moisture resistance.
また、実施例1~40の着色組成物は、波長400~700nmの波長の光に対する吸光度のうち、波長526~545nmの範囲に吸光度の最小値を有し、波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00であった。
In addition, the colored compositions of Examples 1 to 40 have the minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, and the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1. Then, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the range of 490 to 525 nm and the range of 550 to 590 nm, respectively, and the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm. The ratio A 450 /A 650 was between 0.40 and 2.00.
<カラーフィルタの製造>
直径8インチ(20.32cm)のシリコンウエハの表面上に、緑色画素形成用着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が1.2μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で120秒間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、パターンを有するマスクを介して200mJ/cm2の露光量で照射して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピン・シャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で900秒間加熱することで、緑色の着色パターン(緑色画素)を形成した。同様に赤色画素形成用着色組成物、青色画素形成用着色組成物を用いて順次パターニングし、赤色の着色パターン(赤色画素)、青色の着色パターン(青色画素)をそれぞれ形成してカラーフィルタを製造した。
緑色画素形成用着色組成物は、実施例1~40の着色組成物を用いた。
赤色画素形成用着色組成物は、以下に示す赤色画素形成用着色組成物1を用いた。
青色画素形成用着色組成物は、以下に示す青色画素形成用着色組成物1または青色画素形成用着色組成物2を用いた。
得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置に組み込んだ。この有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は好適な画像認識能を有していた。 <Production of color filters>
On the surface of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 8 inches (20.32 cm), the coloring composition for forming a green pixel was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after forming the film would be 1.2 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 120 seconds. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the film was exposed through a patterned mask at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 . Then, puddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. After that, it was rinsed with a spin shower and then washed with pure water. Then, using a hot plate, heating was performed at 100° C. for 900 seconds to form a green colored pattern (green pixels). Similarly, the red pixel-forming coloring composition and the blue pixel-forming coloring composition are sequentially patterned to form a red coloring pattern (red pixels) and a blue coloring pattern (blue pixels), respectively, to produce a color filter. bottom.
The coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 40 were used as the coloring compositions for forming green pixels.
As the red pixel-forming coloring composition, the following red pixel-forming coloring composition 1 was used.
As the blue pixel-forming coloring composition, the following blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1 or blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2 was used.
The obtained color filter was incorporated into an organic electroluminescence display according to a known method. This organic electroluminescence display device had a suitable image recognition ability.
直径8インチ(20.32cm)のシリコンウエハの表面上に、緑色画素形成用着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が1.2μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で120秒間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、パターンを有するマスクを介して200mJ/cm2の露光量で照射して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピン・シャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で900秒間加熱することで、緑色の着色パターン(緑色画素)を形成した。同様に赤色画素形成用着色組成物、青色画素形成用着色組成物を用いて順次パターニングし、赤色の着色パターン(赤色画素)、青色の着色パターン(青色画素)をそれぞれ形成してカラーフィルタを製造した。
緑色画素形成用着色組成物は、実施例1~40の着色組成物を用いた。
赤色画素形成用着色組成物は、以下に示す赤色画素形成用着色組成物1を用いた。
青色画素形成用着色組成物は、以下に示す青色画素形成用着色組成物1または青色画素形成用着色組成物2を用いた。
得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置に組み込んだ。この有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は好適な画像認識能を有していた。 <Production of color filters>
On the surface of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 8 inches (20.32 cm), the coloring composition for forming a green pixel was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after forming the film would be 1.2 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 120 seconds. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the film was exposed through a patterned mask at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 . Then, puddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. After that, it was rinsed with a spin shower and then washed with pure water. Then, using a hot plate, heating was performed at 100° C. for 900 seconds to form a green colored pattern (green pixels). Similarly, the red pixel-forming coloring composition and the blue pixel-forming coloring composition are sequentially patterned to form a red coloring pattern (red pixels) and a blue coloring pattern (blue pixels), respectively, to produce a color filter. bottom.
The coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 40 were used as the coloring compositions for forming green pixels.
As the red pixel-forming coloring composition, the following red pixel-forming coloring composition 1 was used.
As the blue pixel-forming coloring composition, the following blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1 or blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2 was used.
The obtained color filter was incorporated into an organic electroluminescence display according to a known method. This organic electroluminescence display device had a suitable image recognition ability.
(赤色画素形成用着色組成物1)
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、赤色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
赤色顔料分散液1 ・・・60.31質量部
光重合開始剤1 ・・・0.83質量部
光重合開始剤2 ・・・0.58質量部
樹脂1 ・・・3.26質量部
重合性モノマー1 ・・・0.83質量部
重合性モノマー2 ・・・0.83質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.004質量部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) ・・・16.68質量部
シクロペンタノン ・・・16.68質量部 (Red pixel-forming coloring composition 1)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a coloring composition 1 for forming red pixels.
Red pigment dispersion 1...60.31 parts by mass Photoinitiator 1...0.83 parts by mass Photoinitiator 2...0.58 parts by mass Resin 1...3.26 parts by mass Polymerization Polymerizable monomer 1: 0.83 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2: 0.83 parts by mass Surfactant 1: 0.004 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA): 16.68 parts by mass Part cyclopentanone ... 16.68 parts by mass
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、赤色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
赤色顔料分散液1 ・・・60.31質量部
光重合開始剤1 ・・・0.83質量部
光重合開始剤2 ・・・0.58質量部
樹脂1 ・・・3.26質量部
重合性モノマー1 ・・・0.83質量部
重合性モノマー2 ・・・0.83質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.004質量部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) ・・・16.68質量部
シクロペンタノン ・・・16.68質量部 (Red pixel-forming coloring composition 1)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a coloring composition 1 for forming red pixels.
Red pigment dispersion 1...60.31 parts by mass Photoinitiator 1...0.83 parts by mass Photoinitiator 2...0.58 parts by mass Resin 1...3.26 parts by mass Polymerization Polymerizable monomer 1: 0.83 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2: 0.83 parts by mass Surfactant 1: 0.004 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA): 16.68 parts by mass Part cyclopentanone ... 16.68 parts by mass
(青色画素形成用着色組成物1)
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
青色顔料分散液1 ・・・56.7質量部
紫色染料溶液1 ・・・16.28質量部
光重合開始剤3 ・・・1.19質量部
光重合開始剤2 ・・・0.64質量部
樹脂1 ・・・0.93質量部
重合性モノマー3 ・・・2.97質量部
エポキシ化合物1 ・・・1.40質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.006質量部
シクロヘキサノン ・・・19.89質量部 (Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
Blue pigment dispersion 1...56.7 parts by mass Purple dye solution 1...16.28 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.19 parts by mass Photoinitiator 2...0.64 parts by mass Parts Resin 1...0.93 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 3...2.97 parts by mass Epoxy compound 1...1.40 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass Cyclohexanone... 19.89 parts by mass
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
青色顔料分散液1 ・・・56.7質量部
紫色染料溶液1 ・・・16.28質量部
光重合開始剤3 ・・・1.19質量部
光重合開始剤2 ・・・0.64質量部
樹脂1 ・・・0.93質量部
重合性モノマー3 ・・・2.97質量部
エポキシ化合物1 ・・・1.40質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.006質量部
シクロヘキサノン ・・・19.89質量部 (Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
Blue pigment dispersion 1...56.7 parts by mass Purple dye solution 1...16.28 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.19 parts by mass Photoinitiator 2...0.64 parts by mass Parts Resin 1...0.93 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 3...2.97 parts by mass Epoxy compound 1...1.40 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass Cyclohexanone... 19.89 parts by mass
(青色画素形成用着色組成物2)
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
青色顔料分散液2 ・・・53.8質量部
光重合開始剤3 ・・・1.20質量部
光重合開始剤4 ・・・0.80質量部
樹脂1 ・・・3.60質量部
重合性モノマー1 ・・・1.56質量部
重合性モノマー2 ・・・3.64質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.006質量部
PGMEA ・・・35.4質量部 (Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
Blue pigment dispersion 2...53.8 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.20 parts by mass Photoinitiator 4...0.80 parts by mass Resin 1...3.60 parts by mass Polymerization Polymerizable monomer 1...1.56 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2...3.64 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass PGMEA...35.4 parts by mass
下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色画素形成用着色組成物1を調製した。
青色顔料分散液2 ・・・53.8質量部
光重合開始剤3 ・・・1.20質量部
光重合開始剤4 ・・・0.80質量部
樹脂1 ・・・3.60質量部
重合性モノマー1 ・・・1.56質量部
重合性モノマー2 ・・・3.64質量部
界面活性剤1 ・・・0.006質量部
PGMEA ・・・35.4質量部 (Blue pixel-forming coloring composition 2)
After mixing and stirring the following components, the mixture was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue pixel-forming coloring composition 1.
Blue pigment dispersion 2...53.8 parts by mass Photoinitiator 3...1.20 parts by mass Photoinitiator 4...0.80 parts by mass Resin 1...3.60 parts by mass Polymerization Polymerizable monomer 1...1.56 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2...3.64 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass PGMEA...35.4 parts by mass
各画素形成用着色組成物に用いた素材は以下の通りである。
The materials used for each pixel-forming coloring composition are as follows.
赤色顔料分散液1:以下の方法で調製した赤色顔料分散液1
C.I.ピグメントレッド264の10.68質量部、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139の2.82質量部、顔料誘導体1の1.50質量部、分散剤1の5.25質量部、PGMEAの80.00質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、赤顔料分散液1を得た。
顔料誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
分散剤1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖の括弧に付した数値は、各繰り返し単位のモル比を表し、側鎖の括弧に付した数値は、繰り返し単位の繰り返し数を表す。重量平均分子量は20000である。)
Red Pigment Dispersion 1: Red Pigment Dispersion 1 prepared by the following method
C. I. 10.68 parts by weight of Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (2.82 parts by mass), Pigment Derivative 1 (1.50 parts by mass), Dispersant 1 (5.25 parts by mass), and PGMEA (80.00 parts by mass) were mixed in a bead mill (0.3 mm zirconia beads). A pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing and dispersing for 3 hours. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a red pigment dispersion liquid 1.
Pigment derivative 1: compound having the following structure
Dispersant 1: Resin having the following structure (the parenthesized numbers in the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the parenthesized numbers in the side chains represent the number of repeating units. The weight average molecular weight is 20000.)
C.I.ピグメントレッド264の10.68質量部、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139の2.82質量部、顔料誘導体1の1.50質量部、分散剤1の5.25質量部、PGMEAの80.00質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、赤顔料分散液1を得た。
顔料誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
C. I. 10.68 parts by weight of Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (2.82 parts by mass), Pigment Derivative 1 (1.50 parts by mass), Dispersant 1 (5.25 parts by mass), and PGMEA (80.00 parts by mass) were mixed in a bead mill (0.3 mm zirconia beads). A pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing and dispersing for 3 hours. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a red pigment dispersion liquid 1.
Pigment derivative 1: compound having the following structure
青色顔料分散液1:以下の方法で調製した青色顔料分散液1
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6の10.00質量部、分散剤2の3.50質量部、PGMEAの86.50質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液1を得た。
分散剤2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖の括弧に付した数値は、各繰り返し単位のモル比を表す。重量平均分子量は11000である。)
Blue pigment dispersion 1: Blue pigment dispersion 1 prepared by the following method
C. I. A mixture of 10.00 parts by mass of Pigment Blue 15:6, 3.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 2, and 86.50 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm). Then, a pigment dispersion was prepared. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid 1.
Dispersant 2: Resin having the following structure (The numbers in parentheses on the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 11,000.)
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6の10.00質量部、分散剤2の3.50質量部、PGMEAの86.50質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液1を得た。
分散剤2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖の括弧に付した数値は、各繰り返し単位のモル比を表す。重量平均分子量は11000である。)
C. I. A mixture of 10.00 parts by mass of Pigment Blue 15:6, 3.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 2, and 86.50 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm). Then, a pigment dispersion was prepared. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid 1.
Dispersant 2: Resin having the following structure (The numbers in parentheses on the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 11,000.)
青色顔料分散液2:以下の方法で調製した青色顔料分散液2
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6の8.27質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23の6.23質量部、分散剤1の5.50質量部、PGMEAの80.00質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液2を得た。 Blue pigment dispersion 2: Blue pigment dispersion 2 prepared by the following method
C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 8.27 parts by weight, C.I. I. A mixture of 6.23 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 80.00 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed by a bead mill (0.3 mm diameter zirconia beads) for 3 hours. , to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid 2.
C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6の8.27質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23の6.23質量部、分散剤1の5.50質量部、PGMEAの80.00質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cm2の圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液2を得た。 Blue pigment dispersion 2: Blue pigment dispersion 2 prepared by the following method
C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 8.27 parts by weight, C.I. I. A mixture of 6.23 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.50 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 80.00 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed by a bead mill (0.3 mm diameter zirconia beads) for 3 hours. , to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, dispersion treatment was further performed using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid 2.
紫色染料溶液1:下記構造の染料の20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液(以下に示す構造式中、iPrはイソプロピル基である)
Purple dye solution 1: 20 wt% cyclohexanone solution of a dye having the following structure (in the structural formula shown below, iPr is an isopropyl group)
光重合開始剤1:Irgacure OXE03(BASF社製)
光重合開始剤2:Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)
光重合開始剤3:下記構造の化合物
樹脂1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)の40質量%PGMEA溶液
重合性モノマー1:下記構造の化合物
重合性モノマー2:下記構造の化合物
重合性モノマー3:下記構造の化合物
エポキシ化合物1:EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)
界面活性剤1:KF-6001(信越化学工業(株)製、シリコーン系界面活性剤)) Photoinitiator 1: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
Photoinitiator 2: Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.)
Photoinitiator 3: a compound having the following structure
Resin 1: A 40% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 11000, numerical values attached to the main chain are molar ratios)
Polymerizable monomer 1: compound having the following structure
Polymerizable monomer 2: compound having the following structure
Polymerizable monomer 3: compound having the following structure
Epoxy compound 1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation)
Surfactant 1: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant))
光重合開始剤2:Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)
光重合開始剤3:下記構造の化合物
界面活性剤1:KF-6001(信越化学工業(株)製、シリコーン系界面活性剤)) Photoinitiator 1: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
Photoinitiator 2: Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.)
Photoinitiator 3: a compound having the following structure
Surfactant 1: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant))
Claims (15)
- 着色剤と、樹脂とを含むカラーフィルタの緑色画素用の着色組成物であって、
前記着色剤は、
カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン36と、
カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:3、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー15:4、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー16、アルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、および、ナフタロシアニン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の着色剤aと、
イソインドリン化合物を含む黄色着色剤と、を含み、
前記黄色着色剤中における前記イソインドリン化合物の含有量が50質量%以上である、着色組成物。 A coloring composition for green pixels of a color filter containing a coloring agent and a resin,
The coloring agent is
color index pigment green 36,
at least one coloring agent a selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color Index Pigment Blue 16, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and a naphthalocyanine compound;
a yellow colorant comprising an isoindoline compound;
A coloring composition, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more. - 前記着色剤aの100質量部に対して、前記イソインドリン化合物を265質量部以上含む請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, which contains 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent a.
- 前記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185を含む、請求項1または2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the isoindoline compound comprises Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
- 前記イソインドリン化合物は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185とカラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139を含む、請求項1または2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the isoindoline compound includes Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 and Color Index Pigment Yellow 139.
- 前記着色組成物の全固形分中における前記着色剤の含有量が30~65質量%である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the content of the coloring agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 30 to 65% by mass.
- 前記着色組成物は、波長400~700nmの波長の光に対する吸光度のうち、波長526~545nmの範囲に吸光度の最小値を有し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度を1としたとき、吸光度が0.20となる波長が490~525nmの範囲と、550~590nmの範囲のそれぞれに存在し、
波長450nmの光に対する吸光度A450と、波長650nmの光に対する吸光度A650との比であるA450/A650が、0.40~2.00である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition has a minimum absorbance in the wavelength range of 526 to 545 nm among absorbances for light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm,
When the absorbance for light with a wavelength of 450 nm is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance is 0.20 exist in the ranges of 490 to 525 nm and 550 to 590 nm, respectively,
Any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein A 450 /A 650 , which is the ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm, is 0.40 to 2.00. The coloring composition described in . - 前記樹脂は、塩基性樹脂、リン酸基を有する樹脂および芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種の樹脂を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the resin contains at least one resin selected from a basic resin, a resin having a phosphoric acid group, and a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group.
- 前記樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the resin contains an alkali-soluble resin.
- 更に、重合性モノマーおよび光重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a polymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator.
- 前記重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基とをする化合物を含む、請求項9に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 9, wherein the polymerizable monomer contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group.
- 請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
- 請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いて得られた緑色画素と、
赤色画素と、
青色画素と、を有する構造体。 A green pixel obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10,
a red pixel;
A structure having a blue pixel. - 前記赤色画素は、400~550nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最大値が5%以下であり、600~700nmの波長の光に対する透過率の最小値は40%以上である、請求項12に記載の構造体。 13. The red pixel according to claim 12, wherein the red pixel has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less for light with a wavelength of 400-550 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 40% or more for light with a wavelength of 600-700 nm. structure.
- 請求項11に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。 A color filter having the film according to claim 11.
- 請求項11に記載の膜を有する表示装置。 A display device comprising the film according to claim 11.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020247022204A KR20240115310A (en) | 2022-01-17 | 2022-12-14 | Coloring compositions, films, structures, color filters and display devices |
JP2023573916A JPWO2023136028A1 (en) | 2022-01-17 | 2022-12-14 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022004843 | 2022-01-17 | ||
JP2022-004843 | 2022-01-17 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023136028A1 true WO2023136028A1 (en) | 2023-07-20 |
Family
ID=87278921
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/045958 WO2023136028A1 (en) | 2022-01-17 | 2022-12-14 | Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2023136028A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20240115310A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202406939A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023136028A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024204797A1 (en) * | 2023-03-31 | 2024-10-03 | artience株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition for organic el display devices, photosensitive coloring composition for micro-led display devices, cured film, organic el display device, and micro-led display device |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002354491A (en) * | 2001-05-22 | 2002-12-06 | Fuji Film Microdevices Co Ltd | Color image pickup device |
JP2016003288A (en) * | 2014-06-17 | 2016-01-12 | Jsr株式会社 | Coloring composition, colored cured film, and display element and solid state image sensor |
JP2018163287A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-18 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring agent for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter |
JP2020070352A (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2020-05-07 | 東レ株式会社 | Pigment dispersion, negative photosensitive composition, and cured product |
JP2021031652A (en) * | 2019-08-29 | 2021-03-01 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Phthalocyanine pigment, coloring composition, and color filter |
WO2021192803A1 (en) * | 2020-03-25 | 2021-09-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device |
JP2021183663A (en) * | 2020-05-21 | 2021-12-02 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Colored composition, photosensitive colored composition, color filter, and solid state imaging element |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5747979B2 (en) | 2013-12-26 | 2015-07-15 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Color filter for organic EL display |
-
2022
- 2022-12-14 KR KR1020247022204A patent/KR20240115310A/en unknown
- 2022-12-14 JP JP2023573916A patent/JPWO2023136028A1/ja active Pending
- 2022-12-14 WO PCT/JP2022/045958 patent/WO2023136028A1/en active Application Filing
- 2022-12-26 TW TW111149855A patent/TW202406939A/en unknown
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002354491A (en) * | 2001-05-22 | 2002-12-06 | Fuji Film Microdevices Co Ltd | Color image pickup device |
JP2016003288A (en) * | 2014-06-17 | 2016-01-12 | Jsr株式会社 | Coloring composition, colored cured film, and display element and solid state image sensor |
JP2018163287A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-18 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring agent for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter |
JP2020070352A (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2020-05-07 | 東レ株式会社 | Pigment dispersion, negative photosensitive composition, and cured product |
JP2021031652A (en) * | 2019-08-29 | 2021-03-01 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Phthalocyanine pigment, coloring composition, and color filter |
WO2021192803A1 (en) * | 2020-03-25 | 2021-09-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device |
JP2021183663A (en) * | 2020-05-21 | 2021-12-02 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Colored composition, photosensitive colored composition, color filter, and solid state imaging element |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024204797A1 (en) * | 2023-03-31 | 2024-10-03 | artience株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition for organic el display devices, photosensitive coloring composition for micro-led display devices, cured film, organic el display device, and micro-led display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20240115310A (en) | 2024-07-25 |
JPWO2023136028A1 (en) | 2023-07-20 |
TW202406939A (en) | 2024-02-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2024009929A (en) | Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device | |
WO2022168741A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
WO2022168743A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device | |
WO2023136028A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device | |
WO2023243414A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
WO2023085072A1 (en) | Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator | |
JP7376609B2 (en) | Colored compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices | |
JP7301989B2 (en) | Coloring composition, cured film, color filter and display device | |
WO2022196450A1 (en) | Colored composition, method for producing film, method for producing color filter, method for producing solid imaging element, and method for producing image display device | |
JP7220776B2 (en) | Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter and display device | |
WO2022168742A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
JP2022119701A (en) | Photosensitive composition, method for producing photosensitive composition, film, optical filter, solid state image sensor and image display device | |
JP7169362B2 (en) | Coloring composition, method for forming cured film, method for producing color filter, and method for producing display device | |
WO2023100585A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, color filter, display device, and structural body | |
WO2023162791A1 (en) | Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element | |
JP7389900B2 (en) | Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device | |
WO2023145699A1 (en) | Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module | |
WO2022196401A1 (en) | Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device | |
WO2023149272A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
WO2023120387A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device | |
WO2022064904A1 (en) | Coloring composition, cured film, structure body, color filter, and display device | |
WO2023120343A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
WO2023157741A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device | |
WO2023022121A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, optical sensor, and image display device | |
WO2023157740A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22920546 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2023573916 Country of ref document: JP |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20247022204 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |